This commit is contained in:
2025-05-13 03:26:56 +03:00
parent 87a14db6f4
commit 154af64dde
563 changed files with 797817 additions and 0 deletions
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.3
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief CMSIS STM32F4xx Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File.
*
* The file is the unique include file that the application programmer
* is using in the C source code, usually in main.c. This file contains:
* - Configuration section that allows to select:
* - The STM32F4xx device used in the target application
* - To use or not the peripheral’s drivers in application code(i.e.
* code will be based on direct access to peripheral’s registers
* rather than drivers API), this option is controlled by
* "#define USE_HAL_DRIVER"
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/** @addtogroup CMSIS
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup stm32f4xx
* @{
*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_H
#define __STM32F4xx_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif /* __cplusplus */
/** @addtogroup Library_configuration_section
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief STM32 Family
*/
#if !defined (STM32F4)
#define STM32F4
#endif /* STM32F4 */
/* Uncomment the line below according to the target STM32 device used in your
application
*/
#if !defined (STM32F405xx) && !defined (STM32F415xx) && !defined (STM32F407xx) && !defined (STM32F417xx) && \
!defined (STM32F427xx) && !defined (STM32F437xx) && !defined (STM32F429xx) && !defined (STM32F439xx) && \
!defined (STM32F401xC) && !defined (STM32F401xE) && !defined (STM32F410Tx) && !defined (STM32F410Cx) && \
!defined (STM32F410Rx) && !defined (STM32F411xE) && !defined (STM32F446xx) && !defined (STM32F469xx) && \
!defined (STM32F479xx)
/* #define STM32F405xx */ /*!< STM32F405RG, STM32F405VG and STM32F405ZG Devices */
/* #define STM32F415xx */ /*!< STM32F415RG, STM32F415VG and STM32F415ZG Devices */
/* #define STM32F407xx */ /*!< STM32F407VG, STM32F407VE, STM32F407ZG, STM32F407ZE, STM32F407IG and STM32F407IE Devices */
/* #define STM32F417xx */ /*!< STM32F417VG, STM32F417VE, STM32F417ZG, STM32F417ZE, STM32F417IG and STM32F417IE Devices */
/* #define STM32F427xx */ /*!< STM32F427VG, STM32F427VI, STM32F427ZG, STM32F427ZI, STM32F427IG and STM32F427II Devices */
/* #define STM32F437xx */ /*!< STM32F437VG, STM32F437VI, STM32F437ZG, STM32F437ZI, STM32F437IG and STM32F437II Devices */
/* #define STM32F429xx */ /*!< STM32F429VG, STM32F429VI, STM32F429ZG, STM32F429ZI, STM32F429BG, STM32F429BI, STM32F429NG,
STM32F439NI, STM32F429IG and STM32F429II Devices */
/* #define STM32F439xx */ /*!< STM32F439VG, STM32F439VI, STM32F439ZG, STM32F439ZI, STM32F439BG, STM32F439BI, STM32F439NG,
STM32F439NI, STM32F439IG and STM32F439II Devices */
/* #define STM32F401xC */ /*!< STM32F401CB, STM32F401CC, STM32F401RB, STM32F401RC, STM32F401VB and STM32F401VC Devices */
/* #define STM32F401xE */ /*!< STM32F401CD, STM32F401RD, STM32F401VD, STM32F401CE, STM32F401RE and STM32F401VE Devices */
/* #define STM32F410Tx */ /*!< STM32F410T8 and STM32F410TB Devices */
/* #define STM32F410Cx */ /*!< STM32F410C8 and STM32F410CB Devices */
/* #define STM32F410Rx */ /*!< STM32F410R8 and STM32F410RB Devices */
/* #define STM32F411xE */ /*!< STM32F411CC, STM32F411RC, STM32F411VC, STM32F411CE, STM32F411RE and STM32F411VE Devices */
/* #define STM32F446xx */ /*!< STM32F446MC, STM32F446ME, STM32F446RC, STM32F446RE, STM32F446VC, STM32F446VE, STM32F446ZC,
and STM32F446ZE Devices */
/* #define STM32F469xx */ /*!< STM32F469AI, STM32F469II, STM32F469BI, STM32F469NI, STM32F469AG, STM32F469IG, STM32F469BG,
STM32F469NG, STM32F469AE, STM32F469IE, STM32F469BE and STM32F469NE Devices */
/* #define STM32F479xx */ /*!< STM32F479AI, STM32F479II, STM32F479BI, STM32F479NI, STM32F479AG, STM32F479IG, STM32F479BG
and STM32F479NG Devices */
#endif
/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to switch between these
devices, you can define the device in your toolchain compiler preprocessor.
*/
#if !defined (USE_HAL_DRIVER)
/**
* @brief Comment the line below if you will not use the peripherals drivers.
In this case, these drivers will not be included and the application code will
be based on direct access to peripherals registers
*/
/*#define USE_HAL_DRIVER */
#endif /* USE_HAL_DRIVER */
/**
* @brief CMSIS version number V2.4.3
*/
#define __STM32F4xx_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x02U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
#define __STM32F4xx_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB1 (0x04U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
#define __STM32F4xx_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB2 (0x03U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
#define __STM32F4xx_CMSIS_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
#define __STM32F4xx_CMSIS_VERSION ((__STM32F4xx_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
|(__STM32F4xx_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
|(__STM32F4xx_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
|(__STM32F4xx_CMSIS_VERSION))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup Device_Included
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F405xx)
#include "stm32f405xx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F415xx)
#include "stm32f415xx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F407xx)
#include "stm32f407xx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F417xx)
#include "stm32f417xx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F427xx)
#include "stm32f427xx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F437xx)
#include "stm32f437xx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F429xx)
#include "stm32f429xx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F439xx)
#include "stm32f439xx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F401xC)
#include "stm32f401xc.h"
#elif defined(STM32F401xE)
#include "stm32f401xe.h"
#elif defined(STM32F410Tx)
#include "stm32f410tx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F410Cx)
#include "stm32f410cx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F410Rx)
#include "stm32f410rx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F411xE)
#include "stm32f411xe.h"
#elif defined(STM32F446xx)
#include "stm32f446xx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F469xx)
#include "stm32f469xx.h"
#elif defined(STM32F479xx)
#include "stm32f479xx.h"
#else
#error "Please select first the target STM32F4xx device used in your application (in stm32f4xx.h file)"
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup Exported_types
* @{
*/
typedef enum
{
RESET = 0U,
SET = !RESET
} FlagStatus, ITStatus;
typedef enum
{
DISABLE = 0U,
ENABLE = !DISABLE
} FunctionalState;
#define IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DISABLE) || ((STATE) == ENABLE))
typedef enum
{
ERROR = 0U,
SUCCESS = !ERROR
} ErrorStatus;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup Exported_macro
* @{
*/
#define SET_BIT(REG, BIT) ((REG) |= (BIT))
#define CLEAR_BIT(REG, BIT) ((REG) &= ~(BIT))
#define READ_BIT(REG, BIT) ((REG) & (BIT))
#define CLEAR_REG(REG) ((REG) = (0x0))
#define WRITE_REG(REG, VAL) ((REG) = (VAL))
#define READ_REG(REG) ((REG))
#define MODIFY_REG(REG, CLEARMASK, SETMASK) WRITE_REG((REG), (((READ_REG(REG)) & (~(CLEARMASK))) | (SETMASK)))
#define POSITION_VAL(VAL) (__CLZ(__RBIT(VAL)))
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined (USE_HAL_DRIVER)
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
#endif /* USE_HAL_DRIVER */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file system_stm32f4xx.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.3
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device System Source File for STM32F4xx devices.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/** @addtogroup CMSIS
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup stm32f4xx_system
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Define to prevent recursive inclusion
*/
#ifndef __SYSTEM_STM32F4XX_H
#define __SYSTEM_STM32F4XX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Includes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_types
* @{
*/
/* This variable is updated in three ways:
1) by calling CMSIS function SystemCoreClockUpdate()
2) by calling HAL API function HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()
3) each time HAL_RCC_ClockConfig() is called to configure the system clock frequency
Note: If you use this function to configure the system clock; then there
is no need to call the 2 first functions listed above, since SystemCoreClock
variable is updated automatically.
*/
extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
extern void SystemInit(void);
extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__SYSTEM_STM32F4XX_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file startup_stm32f407xx.s
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.3
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief STM32F407xx Devices vector table for GCC based toolchains.
* This module performs:
* - Set the initial SP
* - Set the initial PC == Reset_Handler,
* - Set the vector table entries with the exceptions ISR address
* - Branches to main in the C library (which eventually
* calls main()).
* After Reset the Cortex-M4 processor is in Thread mode,
* priority is Privileged, and the Stack is set to Main.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
.syntax unified
.cpu cortex-m4
.fpu softvfp
.thumb
.global g_pfnVectors
.global Default_Handler
/* start address for the initialization values of the .data section.
defined in linker script */
.word _sidata
/* start address for the .data section. defined in linker script */
.word _sdata
/* end address for the .data section. defined in linker script */
.word _edata
/* start address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */
.word _sbss
/* end address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */
.word _ebss
/* stack used for SystemInit_ExtMemCtl; always internal RAM used */
/**
* @brief This is the code that gets called when the processor first
* starts execution following a reset event. Only the absolutely
* necessary set is performed, after which the application
* supplied main() routine is called.
* @param None
* @retval : None
*/
.section .text.Reset_Handler
.weak Reset_Handler
.type Reset_Handler, %function
Reset_Handler:
ldr sp, =_estack /* set stack pointer */
/* Copy the data segment initializers from flash to SRAM */
movs r1, #0
b LoopCopyDataInit
CopyDataInit:
ldr r3, =_sidata
ldr r3, [r3, r1]
str r3, [r0, r1]
adds r1, r1, #4
LoopCopyDataInit:
ldr r0, =_sdata
ldr r3, =_edata
adds r2, r0, r1
cmp r2, r3
bcc CopyDataInit
ldr r2, =_sbss
b LoopFillZerobss
/* Zero fill the bss segment. */
FillZerobss:
movs r3, #0
str r3, [r2], #4
LoopFillZerobss:
ldr r3, = _ebss
cmp r2, r3
bcc FillZerobss
/* Call the clock system intitialization function.*/
bl SystemInit
/* Call static constructors */
bl __libc_init_array
/* Call the application's entry point.*/
bl main
bx lr
.size Reset_Handler, .-Reset_Handler
/**
* @brief This is the code that gets called when the processor receives an
* unexpected interrupt. This simply enters an infinite loop, preserving
* the system state for examination by a debugger.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
.section .text.Default_Handler,"ax",%progbits
Default_Handler:
Infinite_Loop:
b Infinite_Loop
.size Default_Handler, .-Default_Handler
/******************************************************************************
*
* The minimal vector table for a Cortex M3. Note that the proper constructs
* must be placed on this to ensure that it ends up at physical address
* 0x0000.0000.
*
*******************************************************************************/
.section .isr_vector,"a",%progbits
.type g_pfnVectors, %object
.size g_pfnVectors, .-g_pfnVectors
g_pfnVectors:
.word _estack
.word Reset_Handler
.word NMI_Handler
.word HardFault_Handler
.word MemManage_Handler
.word BusFault_Handler
.word UsageFault_Handler
.word 0
.word 0
.word 0
.word 0
.word SVC_Handler
.word DebugMon_Handler
.word 0
.word PendSV_Handler
.word SysTick_Handler
/* External Interrupts */
.word WWDG_IRQHandler /* Window WatchDog */
.word PVD_IRQHandler /* PVD through EXTI Line detection */
.word TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler /* Tamper and TimeStamps through the EXTI line */
.word RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler /* RTC Wakeup through the EXTI line */
.word FLASH_IRQHandler /* FLASH */
.word RCC_IRQHandler /* RCC */
.word EXTI0_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line0 */
.word EXTI1_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line1 */
.word EXTI2_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line2 */
.word EXTI3_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line3 */
.word EXTI4_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line4 */
.word DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 0 */
.word DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 1 */
.word DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 2 */
.word DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 3 */
.word DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 4 */
.word DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 5 */
.word DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 6 */
.word ADC_IRQHandler /* ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3s */
.word CAN1_TX_IRQHandler /* CAN1 TX */
.word CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler /* CAN1 RX0 */
.word CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler /* CAN1 RX1 */
.word CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler /* CAN1 SCE */
.word EXTI9_5_IRQHandler /* External Line[9:5]s */
.word TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Break and TIM9 */
.word TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Update and TIM10 */
.word TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM11 */
.word TIM1_CC_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Capture Compare */
.word TIM2_IRQHandler /* TIM2 */
.word TIM3_IRQHandler /* TIM3 */
.word TIM4_IRQHandler /* TIM4 */
.word I2C1_EV_IRQHandler /* I2C1 Event */
.word I2C1_ER_IRQHandler /* I2C1 Error */
.word I2C2_EV_IRQHandler /* I2C2 Event */
.word I2C2_ER_IRQHandler /* I2C2 Error */
.word SPI1_IRQHandler /* SPI1 */
.word SPI2_IRQHandler /* SPI2 */
.word USART1_IRQHandler /* USART1 */
.word USART2_IRQHandler /* USART2 */
.word USART3_IRQHandler /* USART3 */
.word EXTI15_10_IRQHandler /* External Line[15:10]s */
.word RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler /* RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line */
.word OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler /* USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line */
.word TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Break and TIM12 */
.word TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Update and TIM13 */
.word TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Trigger and Commutation and TIM14 */
.word TIM8_CC_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Capture Compare */
.word DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream7 */
.word FSMC_IRQHandler /* FSMC */
.word SDIO_IRQHandler /* SDIO */
.word TIM5_IRQHandler /* TIM5 */
.word SPI3_IRQHandler /* SPI3 */
.word UART4_IRQHandler /* UART4 */
.word UART5_IRQHandler /* UART5 */
.word TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler /* TIM6 and DAC1&2 underrun errors */
.word TIM7_IRQHandler /* TIM7 */
.word DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 0 */
.word DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 1 */
.word DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 2 */
.word DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 3 */
.word DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 4 */
.word ETH_IRQHandler /* Ethernet */
.word ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler /* Ethernet Wakeup through EXTI line */
.word CAN2_TX_IRQHandler /* CAN2 TX */
.word CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler /* CAN2 RX0 */
.word CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler /* CAN2 RX1 */
.word CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler /* CAN2 SCE */
.word OTG_FS_IRQHandler /* USB OTG FS */
.word DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 5 */
.word DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 6 */
.word DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 7 */
.word USART6_IRQHandler /* USART6 */
.word I2C3_EV_IRQHandler /* I2C3 event */
.word I2C3_ER_IRQHandler /* I2C3 error */
.word OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS End Point 1 Out */
.word OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS End Point 1 In */
.word OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS Wakeup through EXTI */
.word OTG_HS_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS */
.word DCMI_IRQHandler /* DCMI */
.word 0 /* CRYP crypto */
.word HASH_RNG_IRQHandler /* Hash and Rng */
.word FPU_IRQHandler /* FPU */
/*******************************************************************************
*
* Provide weak aliases for each Exception handler to the Default_Handler.
* As they are weak aliases, any function with the same name will override
* this definition.
*
*******************************************************************************/
.weak NMI_Handler
.thumb_set NMI_Handler,Default_Handler
.weak HardFault_Handler
.thumb_set HardFault_Handler,Default_Handler
.weak MemManage_Handler
.thumb_set MemManage_Handler,Default_Handler
.weak BusFault_Handler
.thumb_set BusFault_Handler,Default_Handler
.weak UsageFault_Handler
.thumb_set UsageFault_Handler,Default_Handler
.weak SVC_Handler
.thumb_set SVC_Handler,Default_Handler
.weak DebugMon_Handler
.thumb_set DebugMon_Handler,Default_Handler
.weak PendSV_Handler
.thumb_set PendSV_Handler,Default_Handler
.weak SysTick_Handler
.thumb_set SysTick_Handler,Default_Handler
.weak WWDG_IRQHandler
.thumb_set WWDG_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak PVD_IRQHandler
.thumb_set PVD_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler
.thumb_set RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak FLASH_IRQHandler
.thumb_set FLASH_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak RCC_IRQHandler
.thumb_set RCC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak EXTI0_IRQHandler
.thumb_set EXTI0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak EXTI1_IRQHandler
.thumb_set EXTI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak EXTI2_IRQHandler
.thumb_set EXTI2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak EXTI3_IRQHandler
.thumb_set EXTI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak EXTI4_IRQHandler
.thumb_set EXTI4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak ADC_IRQHandler
.thumb_set ADC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak CAN1_TX_IRQHandler
.thumb_set CAN1_TX_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler
.thumb_set CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler
.thumb_set CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler
.thumb_set CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak EXTI9_5_IRQHandler
.thumb_set EXTI9_5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM1_CC_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM1_CC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM2_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM3_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM4_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak I2C1_EV_IRQHandler
.thumb_set I2C1_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak I2C1_ER_IRQHandler
.thumb_set I2C1_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak I2C2_EV_IRQHandler
.thumb_set I2C2_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak I2C2_ER_IRQHandler
.thumb_set I2C2_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak SPI1_IRQHandler
.thumb_set SPI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak SPI2_IRQHandler
.thumb_set SPI2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak USART1_IRQHandler
.thumb_set USART1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak USART2_IRQHandler
.thumb_set USART2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak USART3_IRQHandler
.thumb_set USART3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak EXTI15_10_IRQHandler
.thumb_set EXTI15_10_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler
.thumb_set RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler
.thumb_set OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM8_CC_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM8_CC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak FSMC_IRQHandler
.thumb_set FSMC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak SDIO_IRQHandler
.thumb_set SDIO_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM5_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak SPI3_IRQHandler
.thumb_set SPI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak UART4_IRQHandler
.thumb_set UART4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak UART5_IRQHandler
.thumb_set UART5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak TIM7_IRQHandler
.thumb_set TIM7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak ETH_IRQHandler
.thumb_set ETH_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler
.thumb_set ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak CAN2_TX_IRQHandler
.thumb_set CAN2_TX_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler
.thumb_set CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler
.thumb_set CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler
.thumb_set CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak OTG_FS_IRQHandler
.thumb_set OTG_FS_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak USART6_IRQHandler
.thumb_set USART6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak I2C3_EV_IRQHandler
.thumb_set I2C3_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak I2C3_ER_IRQHandler
.thumb_set I2C3_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler
.thumb_set OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler
.thumb_set OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler
.thumb_set OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak OTG_HS_IRQHandler
.thumb_set OTG_HS_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak DCMI_IRQHandler
.thumb_set DCMI_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak HASH_RNG_IRQHandler
.thumb_set HASH_RNG_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
.weak FPU_IRQHandler
.thumb_set FPU_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file system_stm32f4xx.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.3
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Source File.
*
* This file provides two functions and one global variable to be called from
* user application:
* - SystemInit(): This function is called at startup just after reset and
* before branch to main program. This call is made inside
* the "startup_stm32f4xx.s" file.
*
* - SystemCoreClock variable: Contains the core clock (HCLK), it can be used
* by the user application to setup the SysTick
* timer or configure other parameters.
*
* - SystemCoreClockUpdate(): Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must
* be called whenever the core clock is changed
* during program execution.
*
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/** @addtogroup CMSIS
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup stm32f4xx_system
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Includes
* @{
*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
#if !defined (HSE_VALUE)
#define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)25000000) /*!< Default value of the External oscillator in Hz */
#endif /* HSE_VALUE */
#if !defined (HSI_VALUE)
#define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)16000000) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/
#endif /* HSI_VALUE */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/************************* Miscellaneous Configuration ************************/
/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to use external SRAM or SDRAM as data memory */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)\
|| defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)\
|| defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* #define DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */
#endif /* STM32F40xxx || STM32F41xxx || STM32F42xxx || STM32F43xxx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)\
|| defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* #define DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx ||\
STM32F479xx */
/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to relocate your vector Table in
Internal SRAM. */
/* #define VECT_TAB_SRAM */
#define VECT_TAB_OFFSET 0x00 /*!< Vector Table base offset field.
This value must be a multiple of 0x200. */
/******************************************************************************/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/* This variable is updated in three ways:
1) by calling CMSIS function SystemCoreClockUpdate()
2) by calling HAL API function HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()
3) each time HAL_RCC_ClockConfig() is called to configure the system clock frequency
Note: If you use this function to configure the system clock; then there
is no need to call the 2 first functions listed above, since SystemCoreClock
variable is updated automatically.
*/
uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 16000000;
const uint8_t AHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9};
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
#if defined (DATA_IN_ExtSRAM) || defined (DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM)
static void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void);
#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM || DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Setup the microcontroller system
* Initialize the FPU setting, vector table location and External memory
* configuration.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void SystemInit(void)
{
/* FPU settings ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1)
SCB->CPACR |= ((3UL << 10*2)|(3UL << 11*2)); /* set CP10 and CP11 Full Access */
#endif
/* Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state ------------*/
/* Set HSION bit */
RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001;
/* Reset CFGR register */
RCC->CFGR = 0x00000000;
/* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */
RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF;
/* Reset PLLCFGR register */
RCC->PLLCFGR = 0x24003010;
/* Reset HSEBYP bit */
RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF;
/* Disable all interrupts */
RCC->CIR = 0x00000000;
#if defined (DATA_IN_ExtSRAM) || defined (DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM)
SystemInit_ExtMemCtl();
#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM || DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */
/* Configure the Vector Table location add offset address ------------------*/
#ifdef VECT_TAB_SRAM
SCB->VTOR = SRAM_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal SRAM */
#else
SCB->VTOR = FLASH_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal FLASH */
#endif
}
/**
* @brief Update SystemCoreClock variable according to Clock Register Values.
* The SystemCoreClock variable contains the core clock (HCLK), it can
* be used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure
* other parameters.
*
* @note Each time the core clock (HCLK) changes, this function must be called
* to update SystemCoreClock variable value. Otherwise, any configuration
* based on this variable will be incorrect.
*
* @note - The system frequency computed by this function is not the real
* frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined
* constant and the selected clock source:
*
* - If SYSCLK source is HSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSI_VALUE(*)
*
* - If SYSCLK source is HSE, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**)
*
* - If SYSCLK source is PLL, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**)
* or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
*
* (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
* 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
* in voltage and temperature.
*
* (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file (its value
* depends on the application requirements), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE
* is same as the real frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function
* may have wrong result.
*
* - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
* value for HSE crystal.
*
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 2, pllsource = 0, pllm = 2;
/* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS;
switch (tmp)
{
case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock source */
SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE;
break;
case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock source */
SystemCoreClock = HSE_VALUE;
break;
case 0x08: /* PLL used as system clock source */
/* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL_M) * PLL_N
SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P
*/
pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22;
pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM;
if (pllsource != 0)
{
/* HSE used as PLL clock source */
pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6);
}
else
{
/* HSI used as PLL clock source */
pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6);
}
pllp = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >>16) + 1 ) *2;
SystemCoreClock = pllvco/pllp;
break;
default:
SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE;
break;
}
/* Compute HCLK frequency --------------------------------------------------*/
/* Get HCLK prescaler */
tmp = AHBPrescTable[((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> 4)];
/* HCLK frequency */
SystemCoreClock >>= tmp;
}
#if defined (DATA_IN_ExtSRAM) && defined (DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM)
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Setup the external memory controller.
* Called in startup_stm32f4xx.s before jump to main.
* This function configures the external memories (SRAM/SDRAM)
* This SRAM/SDRAM will be used as program data memory (including heap and stack).
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
register uint32_t tmpreg = 0, timeout = 0xFFFF;
register uint32_t index;
/* Enable GPIOC, GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF, GPIOG, GPIOH and GPIOI interface clock */
RCC->AHB1ENR |= 0x000001F8;
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
tmp = READ_BIT(RCC->AHB1ENR, RCC_AHB1ENR_GPIOCEN);
/* Connect PDx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOD->AFR[0] = 0x00CCC0CC;
GPIOD->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOD->MODER = 0xAAAA0A8A;
/* Configure PDx pins speed to 100 MHz */
GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xFFFF0FCF;
/* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOD->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */
GPIOD->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PEx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOE->AFR[0] = 0xC00CC0CC;
GPIOE->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOE->MODER = 0xAAAA828A;
/* Configure PEx pins speed to 100 MHz */
GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xFFFFC3CF;
/* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOE->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */
GPIOE->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PFx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOF->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
GPIOF->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOF->MODER = 0xAA800AAA;
/* Configure PFx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xAA800AAA;
/* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOF->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */
GPIOF->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PGx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOG->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
GPIOG->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOG->MODER = 0xAAAAAAAA;
/* Configure PGx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAAAAAA;
/* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOG->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */
GPIOG->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PHx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOH->AFR[0] = 0x00C0CC00;
GPIOH->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PHx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOH->MODER = 0xAAAA08A0;
/* Configure PHx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOH->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAA08A0;
/* Configure PHx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOH->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PHx pins */
GPIOH->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PIx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOI->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
GPIOI->AFR[1] = 0x00000CC0;
/* Configure PIx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOI->MODER = 0x0028AAAA;
/* Configure PIx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOI->OSPEEDR = 0x0028AAAA;
/* Configure PIx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOI->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PIx pins */
GPIOI->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/*-- FMC Configuration -------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Enable the FMC interface clock */
RCC->AHB3ENR |= 0x00000001;
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
tmp = READ_BIT(RCC->AHB3ENR, RCC_AHB3ENR_FMCEN);
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = 0x000019E4;
FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[0] = 0x01115351;
/* SDRAM initialization sequence */
/* Clock enable command */
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000011;
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020;
while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0))
{
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020;
}
/* Delay */
for (index = 0; index<1000; index++);
/* PALL command */
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000012;
timeout = 0xFFFF;
while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0))
{
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020;
}
/* Auto refresh command */
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000073;
timeout = 0xFFFF;
while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0))
{
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020;
}
/* MRD register program */
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00046014;
timeout = 0xFFFF;
while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0))
{
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020;
}
/* Set refresh count */
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR;
FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR = (tmpreg | (0x0000027C<<1));
/* Disable write protection */
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0];
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = (tmpreg & 0xFFFFFDFF);
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
/* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */
FMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001011;
FMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00000201;
FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff;
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
#if defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */
FMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001091;
FMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00110212;
FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff;
#endif /* STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
(void)(tmp);
}
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#elif defined (DATA_IN_ExtSRAM) || defined (DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM)
/**
* @brief Setup the external memory controller.
* Called in startup_stm32f4xx.s before jump to main.
* This function configures the external memories (SRAM/SDRAM)
* This SRAM/SDRAM will be used as program data memory (including heap and stack).
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)\
|| defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#if defined (DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM)
register uint32_t tmpreg = 0, timeout = 0xFFFF;
register uint32_t index;
#if defined(STM32F446xx)
/* Enable GPIOA, GPIOC, GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF, GPIOG interface
clock */
RCC->AHB1ENR |= 0x0000007D;
#else
/* Enable GPIOC, GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF, GPIOG, GPIOH and GPIOI interface
clock */
RCC->AHB1ENR |= 0x000001F8;
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
tmp = READ_BIT(RCC->AHB1ENR, RCC_AHB1ENR_GPIOCEN);
#if defined(STM32F446xx)
/* Connect PAx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOA->AFR[0] |= 0xC0000000;
GPIOA->AFR[1] |= 0x00000000;
/* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOA->MODER |= 0x00008000;
/* Configure PDx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOA->OSPEEDR |= 0x00008000;
/* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOA->OTYPER |= 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */
GPIOA->PUPDR |= 0x00000000;
/* Connect PCx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOC->AFR[0] |= 0x00CC0000;
GPIOC->AFR[1] |= 0x00000000;
/* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOC->MODER |= 0x00000A00;
/* Configure PDx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOC->OSPEEDR |= 0x00000A00;
/* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOC->OTYPER |= 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */
GPIOC->PUPDR |= 0x00000000;
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
/* Connect PDx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOD->AFR[0] = 0x000000CC;
GPIOD->AFR[1] = 0xCC000CCC;
/* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOD->MODER = 0xA02A000A;
/* Configure PDx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xA02A000A;
/* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOD->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */
GPIOD->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PEx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOE->AFR[0] = 0xC00000CC;
GPIOE->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOE->MODER = 0xAAAA800A;
/* Configure PEx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAA800A;
/* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOE->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */
GPIOE->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PFx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOF->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
GPIOF->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOF->MODER = 0xAA800AAA;
/* Configure PFx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xAA800AAA;
/* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOF->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */
GPIOF->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PGx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOG->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
GPIOG->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOG->MODER = 0xAAAAAAAA;
/* Configure PGx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAAAAAA;
/* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOG->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */
GPIOG->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)\
|| defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Connect PHx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOH->AFR[0] = 0x00C0CC00;
GPIOH->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PHx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOH->MODER = 0xAAAA08A0;
/* Configure PHx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOH->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAA08A0;
/* Configure PHx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOH->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PHx pins */
GPIOH->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PIx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOI->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
GPIOI->AFR[1] = 0x00000CC0;
/* Configure PIx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOI->MODER = 0x0028AAAA;
/* Configure PIx pins speed to 50 MHz */
GPIOI->OSPEEDR = 0x0028AAAA;
/* Configure PIx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOI->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PIx pins */
GPIOI->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/*-- FMC Configuration -------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Enable the FMC interface clock */
RCC->AHB3ENR |= 0x00000001;
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
tmp = READ_BIT(RCC->AHB3ENR, RCC_AHB3ENR_FMCEN);
/* Configure and enable SDRAM bank1 */
#if defined(STM32F446xx)
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = 0x00001954;
#else
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = 0x000019E4;
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[0] = 0x01115351;
/* SDRAM initialization sequence */
/* Clock enable command */
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000011;
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020;
while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0))
{
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020;
}
/* Delay */
for (index = 0; index<1000; index++);
/* PALL command */
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000012;
timeout = 0xFFFF;
while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0))
{
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020;
}
/* Auto refresh command */
#if defined(STM32F446xx)
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x000000F3;
#else
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000073;
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
timeout = 0xFFFF;
while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0))
{
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020;
}
/* MRD register program */
#if defined(STM32F446xx)
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00044014;
#else
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00046014;
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
timeout = 0xFFFF;
while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0))
{
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020;
}
/* Set refresh count */
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR;
#if defined(STM32F446xx)
FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR = (tmpreg | (0x0000050C<<1));
#else
FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR = (tmpreg | (0x0000027C<<1));
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
/* Disable write protection */
tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0];
FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = (tmpreg & 0xFFFFFDFF);
#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)\
|| defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)\
|| defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#if defined(DATA_IN_ExtSRAM)
/*-- GPIOs Configuration -----------------------------------------------------*/
/* Enable GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF and GPIOG interface clock */
RCC->AHB1ENR |= 0x00000078;
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
tmp = READ_BIT(RCC->AHB1ENR, RCC_AHB1ENR_GPIODEN);
/* Connect PDx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOD->AFR[0] = 0x00CCC0CC;
GPIOD->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOD->MODER = 0xAAAA0A8A;
/* Configure PDx pins speed to 100 MHz */
GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xFFFF0FCF;
/* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOD->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */
GPIOD->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PEx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOE->AFR[0] = 0xC00CC0CC;
GPIOE->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC;
/* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOE->MODER = 0xAAAA828A;
/* Configure PEx pins speed to 100 MHz */
GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xFFFFC3CF;
/* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOE->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */
GPIOE->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PFx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOF->AFR[0] = 0x00CCCCCC;
GPIOF->AFR[1] = 0xCCCC0000;
/* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOF->MODER = 0xAA000AAA;
/* Configure PFx pins speed to 100 MHz */
GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xFF000FFF;
/* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOF->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */
GPIOF->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/* Connect PGx pins to FMC Alternate function */
GPIOG->AFR[0] = 0x00CCCCCC;
GPIOG->AFR[1] = 0x000000C0;
/* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */
GPIOG->MODER = 0x00085AAA;
/* Configure PGx pins speed to 100 MHz */
GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0x000CAFFF;
/* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */
GPIOG->OTYPER = 0x00000000;
/* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */
GPIOG->PUPDR = 0x00000000;
/*-- FMC/FSMC Configuration --------------------------------------------------*/
/* Enable the FMC/FSMC interface clock */
RCC->AHB3ENR |= 0x00000001;
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
tmp = READ_BIT(RCC->AHB3ENR, RCC_AHB3ENR_FMCEN);
/* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */
FMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001011;
FMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00000201;
FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff;
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
#if defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
tmp = READ_BIT(RCC->AHB3ENR, RCC_AHB3ENR_FMCEN);
/* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */
FMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001091;
FMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00110212;
FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff;
#endif /* STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx)|| defined(STM32F417xx)
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
tmp = READ_BIT(RCC->AHB3ENR, RCC_AHB3ENR_FSMCEN);
/* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001011;
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00000201;
FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx ||\
STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
(void)(tmp);
}
#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM && DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
* Copyright (C) 2010-2014 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
*
* $Date: 19. October 2015
* $Revision: V.1.4.5 a
*
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
* Title: arm_common_tables.h
*
* Description: This file has extern declaration for common tables like Bitreverse, reciprocal etc which are used across different functions
*
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
* the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* - Neither the name of ARM LIMITED nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
* software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
* ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
* POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
#ifndef _ARM_COMMON_TABLES_H
#define _ARM_COMMON_TABLES_H
#include "arm_math.h"
extern const uint16_t armBitRevTable[1024];
extern const q15_t armRecipTableQ15[64];
extern const q31_t armRecipTableQ31[64];
/* extern const q31_t realCoefAQ31[1024]; */
/* extern const q31_t realCoefBQ31[1024]; */
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_16[32];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_32[64];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_64[128];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_128[256];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_256[512];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_512[1024];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_1024[2048];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_2048[4096];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_4096[8192];
#define twiddleCoef twiddleCoef_4096
extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_16_q31[24];
extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_32_q31[48];
extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_64_q31[96];
extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_128_q31[192];
extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_256_q31[384];
extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_512_q31[768];
extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_1024_q31[1536];
extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_2048_q31[3072];
extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_4096_q31[6144];
extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_16_q15[24];
extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_32_q15[48];
extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_64_q15[96];
extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_128_q15[192];
extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_256_q15[384];
extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_512_q15[768];
extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_1024_q15[1536];
extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_2048_q15[3072];
extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_4096_q15[6144];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_32[32];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_64[64];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_128[128];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_256[256];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_512[512];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_1024[1024];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_2048[2048];
extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_4096[4096];
/* floating-point bit reversal tables */
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__16_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)20 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__32_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)48 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__64_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)56 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_128_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)208 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_256_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)440 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_512_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)448 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE1024_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)1800)
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE2048_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)3808)
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE4096_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)4032)
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable16[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__16_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable32[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__32_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable64[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__64_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable128[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_128_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable256[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_256_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable512[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_512_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable1024[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE1024_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable2048[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE2048_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable4096[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE4096_TABLE_LENGTH];
/* fixed-point bit reversal tables */
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___16_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)12 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___32_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)24 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___64_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)56 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__128_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)112 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__256_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)240 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__512_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)480 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_1024_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)992 )
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_2048_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)1984)
#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_4096_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)4032)
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_16[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___16_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_32[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___32_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_64[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___64_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_128[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__128_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_256[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__256_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_512[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__512_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_1024[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_1024_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_2048[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_2048_TABLE_LENGTH];
extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_4096[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_4096_TABLE_LENGTH];
/* Tables for Fast Math Sine and Cosine */
extern const float32_t sinTable_f32[FAST_MATH_TABLE_SIZE + 1];
extern const q31_t sinTable_q31[FAST_MATH_TABLE_SIZE + 1];
extern const q15_t sinTable_q15[FAST_MATH_TABLE_SIZE + 1];
#endif /* ARM_COMMON_TABLES_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
* Copyright (C) 2010-2014 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
*
* $Date: 19. March 2015
* $Revision: V.1.4.5
*
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
* Title: arm_const_structs.h
*
* Description: This file has constant structs that are initialized for
* user convenience. For example, some can be given as
* arguments to the arm_cfft_f32() function.
*
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
* the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* - Neither the name of ARM LIMITED nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
* software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
* ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
* POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
#ifndef _ARM_CONST_STRUCTS_H
#define _ARM_CONST_STRUCTS_H
#include "arm_math.h"
#include "arm_common_tables.h"
extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len16;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len32;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len64;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len128;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len256;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len512;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len1024;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len2048;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len4096;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len16;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len32;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len64;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len128;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len256;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len512;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len1024;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len2048;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len4096;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len16;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len32;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len64;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len128;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len256;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len512;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len1024;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len2048;
extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len4096;
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
/**************************************************************************//**
* @file cmsis_armcc.h
* @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Function/Instruction Header File
* @version V4.30
* @date 20. October 2015
******************************************************************************/
/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
*
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __CMSIS_ARMCC_H
#define __CMSIS_ARMCC_H
#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677)
#error "Please use ARM Compiler Toolchain V4.0.677 or later!"
#endif
/* ########################### Core Function Access ########################### */
/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions CMSIS Core Register Access Functions
@{
*/
/* intrinsic void __enable_irq(); */
/* intrinsic void __disable_irq(); */
/**
\brief Get Control Register
\details Returns the content of the Control Register.
\return Control Register value
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
{
register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control");
return(__regControl);
}
/**
\brief Set Control Register
\details Writes the given value to the Control Register.
\param [in] control Control Register value to set
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
{
register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control");
__regControl = control;
}
/**
\brief Get IPSR Register
\details Returns the content of the IPSR Register.
\return IPSR Register value
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_IPSR(void)
{
register uint32_t __regIPSR __ASM("ipsr");
return(__regIPSR);
}
/**
\brief Get APSR Register
\details Returns the content of the APSR Register.
\return APSR Register value
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_APSR(void)
{
register uint32_t __regAPSR __ASM("apsr");
return(__regAPSR);
}
/**
\brief Get xPSR Register
\details Returns the content of the xPSR Register.
\return xPSR Register value
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_xPSR(void)
{
register uint32_t __regXPSR __ASM("xpsr");
return(__regXPSR);
}
/**
\brief Get Process Stack Pointer
\details Returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
\return PSP Register value
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
{
register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer __ASM("psp");
return(__regProcessStackPointer);
}
/**
\brief Set Process Stack Pointer
\details Assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
\param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
{
register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer __ASM("psp");
__regProcessStackPointer = topOfProcStack;
}
/**
\brief Get Main Stack Pointer
\details Returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
\return MSP Register value
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
{
register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer __ASM("msp");
return(__regMainStackPointer);
}
/**
\brief Set Main Stack Pointer
\details Assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
\param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
{
register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer __ASM("msp");
__regMainStackPointer = topOfMainStack;
}
/**
\brief Get Priority Mask
\details Returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register.
\return Priority Mask value
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
{
register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask");
return(__regPriMask);
}
/**
\brief Set Priority Mask
\details Assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register.
\param [in] priMask Priority Mask
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
{
register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask");
__regPriMask = (priMask);
}
#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03U) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300U)
/**
\brief Enable FIQ
\details Enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR.
Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
*/
#define __enable_fault_irq __enable_fiq
/**
\brief Disable FIQ
\details Disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR.
Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
*/
#define __disable_fault_irq __disable_fiq
/**
\brief Get Base Priority
\details Returns the current value of the Base Priority register.
\return Base Priority register value
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void)
{
register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri");
return(__regBasePri);
}
/**
\brief Set Base Priority
\details Assigns the given value to the Base Priority register.
\param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri)
{
register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri");
__regBasePri = (basePri & 0xFFU);
}
/**
\brief Set Base Priority with condition
\details Assigns the given value to the Base Priority register only if BASEPRI masking is disabled,
or the new value increases the BASEPRI priority level.
\param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void __set_BASEPRI_MAX(uint32_t basePri)
{
register uint32_t __regBasePriMax __ASM("basepri_max");
__regBasePriMax = (basePri & 0xFFU);
}
/**
\brief Get Fault Mask
\details Returns the current value of the Fault Mask register.
\return Fault Mask register value
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
{
register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask");
return(__regFaultMask);
}
/**
\brief Set Fault Mask
\details Assigns the given value to the Fault Mask register.
\param [in] faultMask Fault Mask value to set
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
{
register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask");
__regFaultMask = (faultMask & (uint32_t)1);
}
#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03U) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300U) */
#if (__CORTEX_M == 0x04U) || (__CORTEX_M == 0x07U)
/**
\brief Get FPSCR
\details Returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register.
\return Floating Point Status/Control register value
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void)
{
#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1U) && (__FPU_USED == 1U)
register uint32_t __regfpscr __ASM("fpscr");
return(__regfpscr);
#else
return(0U);
#endif
}
/**
\brief Set FPSCR
\details Assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register.
\param [in] fpscr Floating Point Status/Control value to set
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr)
{
#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1U) && (__FPU_USED == 1U)
register uint32_t __regfpscr __ASM("fpscr");
__regfpscr = (fpscr);
#endif
}
#endif /* (__CORTEX_M == 0x04U) || (__CORTEX_M == 0x07U) */
/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions */
/* ########################## Core Instruction Access ######################### */
/** \defgroup CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface CMSIS Core Instruction Interface
Access to dedicated instructions
@{
*/
/**
\brief No Operation
\details No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes.
*/
#define __NOP __nop
/**
\brief Wait For Interrupt
\details Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution until one of a number of events occurs.
*/
#define __WFI __wfi
/**
\brief Wait For Event
\details Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter
a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs.
*/
#define __WFE __wfe
/**
\brief Send Event
\details Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU.
*/
#define __SEV __sev
/**
\brief Instruction Synchronization Barrier
\details Instruction Synchronization Barrier flushes the pipeline in the processor,
so that all instructions following the ISB are fetched from cache or memory,
after the instruction has been completed.
*/
#define __ISB() do {\
__schedule_barrier();\
__isb(0xF);\
__schedule_barrier();\
} while (0U)
/**
\brief Data Synchronization Barrier
\details Acts as a special kind of Data Memory Barrier.
It completes when all explicit memory accesses before this instruction complete.
*/
#define __DSB() do {\
__schedule_barrier();\
__dsb(0xF);\
__schedule_barrier();\
} while (0U)
/**
\brief Data Memory Barrier
\details Ensures the apparent order of the explicit memory operations before
and after the instruction, without ensuring their completion.
*/
#define __DMB() do {\
__schedule_barrier();\
__dmb(0xF);\
__schedule_barrier();\
} while (0U)
/**
\brief Reverse byte order (32 bit)
\details Reverses the byte order in integer value.
\param [in] value Value to reverse
\return Reversed value
*/
#define __REV __rev
/**
\brief Reverse byte order (16 bit)
\details Reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values.
\param [in] value Value to reverse
\return Reversed value
*/
#ifndef __NO_EMBEDDED_ASM
__attribute__((section(".rev16_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value)
{
rev16 r0, r0
bx lr
}
#endif
/**
\brief Reverse byte order in signed short value
\details Reverses the byte order in a signed short value with sign extension to integer.
\param [in] value Value to reverse
\return Reversed value
*/
#ifndef __NO_EMBEDDED_ASM
__attribute__((section(".revsh_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value)
{
revsh r0, r0
bx lr
}
#endif
/**
\brief Rotate Right in unsigned value (32 bit)
\details Rotate Right (immediate) provides the value of the contents of a register rotated by a variable number of bits.
\param [in] value Value to rotate
\param [in] value Number of Bits to rotate
\return Rotated value
*/
#define __ROR __ror
/**
\brief Breakpoint
\details Causes the processor to enter Debug state.
Debug tools can use this to investigate system state when the instruction at a particular address is reached.
\param [in] value is ignored by the processor.
If required, a debugger can use it to store additional information about the breakpoint.
*/
#define __BKPT(value) __breakpoint(value)
/**
\brief Reverse bit order of value
\details Reverses the bit order of the given value.
\param [in] value Value to reverse
\return Reversed value
*/
#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03U) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300U)
#define __RBIT __rbit
#else
__attribute__((always_inline)) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value)
{
uint32_t result;
int32_t s = 4 /*sizeof(v)*/ * 8 - 1; /* extra shift needed at end */
result = value; /* r will be reversed bits of v; first get LSB of v */
for (value >>= 1U; value; value >>= 1U)
{
result <<= 1U;
result |= value & 1U;
s--;
}
result <<= s; /* shift when v's highest bits are zero */
return(result);
}
#endif
/**
\brief Count leading zeros
\details Counts the number of leading zeros of a data value.
\param [in] value Value to count the leading zeros
\return number of leading zeros in value
*/
#define __CLZ __clz
#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03U) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300U)
/**
\brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit)
\details Executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 8 bit value.
\param [in] ptr Pointer to data
\return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
*/
#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
#define __LDREXB(ptr) ((uint8_t ) __ldrex(ptr))
#else
#define __LDREXB(ptr) _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") ((uint8_t ) __ldrex(ptr)) _Pragma("pop")
#endif
/**
\brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit)
\details Executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 16 bit values.
\param [in] ptr Pointer to data
\return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
*/
#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
#define __LDREXH(ptr) ((uint16_t) __ldrex(ptr))
#else
#define __LDREXH(ptr) _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") ((uint16_t) __ldrex(ptr)) _Pragma("pop")
#endif
/**
\brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit)
\details Executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 32 bit values.
\param [in] ptr Pointer to data
\return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
*/
#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
#define __LDREXW(ptr) ((uint32_t ) __ldrex(ptr))
#else
#define __LDREXW(ptr) _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") ((uint32_t ) __ldrex(ptr)) _Pragma("pop")
#endif
/**
\brief STR Exclusive (8 bit)
\details Executes a exclusive STR instruction for 8 bit values.
\param [in] value Value to store
\param [in] ptr Pointer to location
\return 0 Function succeeded
\return 1 Function failed
*/
#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
#define __STREXB(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr)
#else
#define __STREXB(value, ptr) _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") __strex(value, ptr) _Pragma("pop")
#endif
/**
\brief STR Exclusive (16 bit)
\details Executes a exclusive STR instruction for 16 bit values.
\param [in] value Value to store
\param [in] ptr Pointer to location
\return 0 Function succeeded
\return 1 Function failed
*/
#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
#define __STREXH(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr)
#else
#define __STREXH(value, ptr) _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") __strex(value, ptr) _Pragma("pop")
#endif
/**
\brief STR Exclusive (32 bit)
\details Executes a exclusive STR instruction for 32 bit values.
\param [in] value Value to store
\param [in] ptr Pointer to location
\return 0 Function succeeded
\return 1 Function failed
*/
#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
#define __STREXW(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr)
#else
#define __STREXW(value, ptr) _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") __strex(value, ptr) _Pragma("pop")
#endif
/**
\brief Remove the exclusive lock
\details Removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX.
*/
#define __CLREX __clrex
/**
\brief Signed Saturate
\details Saturates a signed value.
\param [in] value Value to be saturated
\param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (1..32)
\return Saturated value
*/
#define __SSAT __ssat
/**
\brief Unsigned Saturate
\details Saturates an unsigned value.
\param [in] value Value to be saturated
\param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (0..31)
\return Saturated value
*/
#define __USAT __usat
/**
\brief Rotate Right with Extend (32 bit)
\details Moves each bit of a bitstring right by one bit.
The carry input is shifted in at the left end of the bitstring.
\param [in] value Value to rotate
\return Rotated value
*/
#ifndef __NO_EMBEDDED_ASM
__attribute__((section(".rrx_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM uint32_t __RRX(uint32_t value)
{
rrx r0, r0
bx lr
}
#endif
/**
\brief LDRT Unprivileged (8 bit)
\details Executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 8 bit value.
\param [in] ptr Pointer to data
\return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
*/
#define __LDRBT(ptr) ((uint8_t ) __ldrt(ptr))
/**
\brief LDRT Unprivileged (16 bit)
\details Executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 16 bit values.
\param [in] ptr Pointer to data
\return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
*/
#define __LDRHT(ptr) ((uint16_t) __ldrt(ptr))
/**
\brief LDRT Unprivileged (32 bit)
\details Executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 32 bit values.
\param [in] ptr Pointer to data
\return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
*/
#define __LDRT(ptr) ((uint32_t ) __ldrt(ptr))
/**
\brief STRT Unprivileged (8 bit)
\details Executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 8 bit values.
\param [in] value Value to store
\param [in] ptr Pointer to location
*/
#define __STRBT(value, ptr) __strt(value, ptr)
/**
\brief STRT Unprivileged (16 bit)
\details Executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 16 bit values.
\param [in] value Value to store
\param [in] ptr Pointer to location
*/
#define __STRHT(value, ptr) __strt(value, ptr)
/**
\brief STRT Unprivileged (32 bit)
\details Executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 32 bit values.
\param [in] value Value to store
\param [in] ptr Pointer to location
*/
#define __STRT(value, ptr) __strt(value, ptr)
#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03U) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300U) */
/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface */
/* ################### Compiler specific Intrinsics ########################### */
/** \defgroup CMSIS_SIMD_intrinsics CMSIS SIMD Intrinsics
Access to dedicated SIMD instructions
@{
*/
#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x04U) /* only for Cortex-M4 and above */
#define __SADD8 __sadd8
#define __QADD8 __qadd8
#define __SHADD8 __shadd8
#define __UADD8 __uadd8
#define __UQADD8 __uqadd8
#define __UHADD8 __uhadd8
#define __SSUB8 __ssub8
#define __QSUB8 __qsub8
#define __SHSUB8 __shsub8
#define __USUB8 __usub8
#define __UQSUB8 __uqsub8
#define __UHSUB8 __uhsub8
#define __SADD16 __sadd16
#define __QADD16 __qadd16
#define __SHADD16 __shadd16
#define __UADD16 __uadd16
#define __UQADD16 __uqadd16
#define __UHADD16 __uhadd16
#define __SSUB16 __ssub16
#define __QSUB16 __qsub16
#define __SHSUB16 __shsub16
#define __USUB16 __usub16
#define __UQSUB16 __uqsub16
#define __UHSUB16 __uhsub16
#define __SASX __sasx
#define __QASX __qasx
#define __SHASX __shasx
#define __UASX __uasx
#define __UQASX __uqasx
#define __UHASX __uhasx
#define __SSAX __ssax
#define __QSAX __qsax
#define __SHSAX __shsax
#define __USAX __usax
#define __UQSAX __uqsax
#define __UHSAX __uhsax
#define __USAD8 __usad8
#define __USADA8 __usada8
#define __SSAT16 __ssat16
#define __USAT16 __usat16
#define __UXTB16 __uxtb16
#define __UXTAB16 __uxtab16
#define __SXTB16 __sxtb16
#define __SXTAB16 __sxtab16
#define __SMUAD __smuad
#define __SMUADX __smuadx
#define __SMLAD __smlad
#define __SMLADX __smladx
#define __SMLALD __smlald
#define __SMLALDX __smlaldx
#define __SMUSD __smusd
#define __SMUSDX __smusdx
#define __SMLSD __smlsd
#define __SMLSDX __smlsdx
#define __SMLSLD __smlsld
#define __SMLSLDX __smlsldx
#define __SEL __sel
#define __QADD __qadd
#define __QSUB __qsub
#define __PKHBT(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) ( ((((uint32_t)(ARG1)) ) & 0x0000FFFFUL) | \
((((uint32_t)(ARG2)) << (ARG3)) & 0xFFFF0000UL) )
#define __PKHTB(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) ( ((((uint32_t)(ARG1)) ) & 0xFFFF0000UL) | \
((((uint32_t)(ARG2)) >> (ARG3)) & 0x0000FFFFUL) )
#define __SMMLA(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) ( (int32_t)((((int64_t)(ARG1) * (ARG2)) + \
((int64_t)(ARG3) << 32U) ) >> 32U))
#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x04) */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_SIMD_intrinsics */
#endif /* __CMSIS_ARMCC_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
/**************************************************************************//**
* @file core_cm0.h
* @brief CMSIS Cortex-M0 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File
* @version V4.30
* @date 20. October 2015
******************************************************************************/
/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
*
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#pragma clang system_header /* treat file as system include file */
#endif
#ifndef __CORE_CM0_H_GENERIC
#define __CORE_CM0_H_GENERIC
#include <stdint.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
\page CMSIS_MISRA_Exceptions MISRA-C:2004 Compliance Exceptions
CMSIS violates the following MISRA-C:2004 rules:
\li Required Rule 8.5, object/function definition in header file.<br>
Function definitions in header files are used to allow 'inlining'.
\li Required Rule 18.4, declaration of union type or object of union type: '{...}'.<br>
Unions are used for effective representation of core registers.
\li Advisory Rule 19.7, Function-like macro defined.<br>
Function-like macros are used to allow more efficient code.
*/
/*******************************************************************************
* CMSIS definitions
******************************************************************************/
/**
\ingroup Cortex_M0
@{
*/
/* CMSIS CM0 definitions */
#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x04U) /*!< [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */
#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x1EU) /*!< [15:0] CMSIS HAL sub version */
#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16U) | \
__CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB ) /*!< CMSIS HAL version number */
#define __CORTEX_M (0x00U) /*!< Cortex-M Core */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static __inline
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static __inline
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only available in High optimization mode! */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TI CCS Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
#define __packed
#define __ASM _asm /*!< asm keyword for COSMIC Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for COSMIC Compiler. Use -pc99 on compile line */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#else
#error Unknown compiler
#endif
/** __FPU_USED indicates whether an FPU is used or not.
This core does not support an FPU at all
*/
#define __FPU_USED 0U
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#if defined __TARGET_FPU_VFP
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#if defined __ARM_PCS_VFP
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined(__SOFTFP__)
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#if defined __ARMVFP__
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
#if defined __TI_VFP_SUPPORT__
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
#if defined __FPU_VFP__
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
#if ( __CSMC__ & 0x400U)
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#endif
#include "core_cmInstr.h" /* Core Instruction Access */
#include "core_cmFunc.h" /* Core Function Access */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __CORE_CM0_H_GENERIC */
#ifndef __CMSIS_GENERIC
#ifndef __CORE_CM0_H_DEPENDANT
#define __CORE_CM0_H_DEPENDANT
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* check device defines and use defaults */
#if defined __CHECK_DEVICE_DEFINES
#ifndef __CM0_REV
#define __CM0_REV 0x0000U
#warning "__CM0_REV not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#ifndef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 2U
#warning "__NVIC_PRIO_BITS not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#ifndef __Vendor_SysTickConfig
#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0U
#warning "__Vendor_SysTickConfig not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#endif
/* IO definitions (access restrictions to peripheral registers) */
/**
\defgroup CMSIS_glob_defs CMSIS Global Defines
<strong>IO Type Qualifiers</strong> are used
\li to specify the access to peripheral variables.
\li for automatic generation of peripheral register debug information.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define __I volatile /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
#else
#define __I volatile const /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
#endif
#define __O volatile /*!< Defines 'write only' permissions */
#define __IO volatile /*!< Defines 'read / write' permissions */
/* following defines should be used for structure members */
#define __IM volatile const /*! Defines 'read only' structure member permissions */
#define __OM volatile /*! Defines 'write only' structure member permissions */
#define __IOM volatile /*! Defines 'read / write' structure member permissions */
/*@} end of group Cortex_M0 */
/*******************************************************************************
* Register Abstraction
Core Register contain:
- Core Register
- Core NVIC Register
- Core SCB Register
- Core SysTick Register
******************************************************************************/
/**
\defgroup CMSIS_core_register Defines and Type Definitions
\brief Type definitions and defines for Cortex-M processor based devices.
*/
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_CORE Status and Control Registers
\brief Core Register type definitions.
@{
*/
/**
\brief Union type to access the Application Program Status Register (APSR).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t _reserved0:28; /*!< bit: 0..27 Reserved */
uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */
uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */
uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */
uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} APSR_Type;
/* APSR Register Definitions */
#define APSR_N_Pos 31U /*!< APSR: N Position */
#define APSR_N_Msk (1UL << APSR_N_Pos) /*!< APSR: N Mask */
#define APSR_Z_Pos 30U /*!< APSR: Z Position */
#define APSR_Z_Msk (1UL << APSR_Z_Pos) /*!< APSR: Z Mask */
#define APSR_C_Pos 29U /*!< APSR: C Position */
#define APSR_C_Msk (1UL << APSR_C_Pos) /*!< APSR: C Mask */
#define APSR_V_Pos 28U /*!< APSR: V Position */
#define APSR_V_Msk (1UL << APSR_V_Pos) /*!< APSR: V Mask */
/**
\brief Union type to access the Interrupt Program Status Register (IPSR).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */
uint32_t _reserved0:23; /*!< bit: 9..31 Reserved */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} IPSR_Type;
/* IPSR Register Definitions */
#define IPSR_ISR_Pos 0U /*!< IPSR: ISR Position */
#define IPSR_ISR_Msk (0x1FFUL /*<< IPSR_ISR_Pos*/) /*!< IPSR: ISR Mask */
/**
\brief Union type to access the Special-Purpose Program Status Registers (xPSR).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */
uint32_t _reserved0:15; /*!< bit: 9..23 Reserved */
uint32_t T:1; /*!< bit: 24 Thumb bit (read 0) */
uint32_t _reserved1:3; /*!< bit: 25..27 Reserved */
uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */
uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */
uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */
uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} xPSR_Type;
/* xPSR Register Definitions */
#define xPSR_N_Pos 31U /*!< xPSR: N Position */
#define xPSR_N_Msk (1UL << xPSR_N_Pos) /*!< xPSR: N Mask */
#define xPSR_Z_Pos 30U /*!< xPSR: Z Position */
#define xPSR_Z_Msk (1UL << xPSR_Z_Pos) /*!< xPSR: Z Mask */
#define xPSR_C_Pos 29U /*!< xPSR: C Position */
#define xPSR_C_Msk (1UL << xPSR_C_Pos) /*!< xPSR: C Mask */
#define xPSR_V_Pos 28U /*!< xPSR: V Position */
#define xPSR_V_Msk (1UL << xPSR_V_Pos) /*!< xPSR: V Mask */
#define xPSR_T_Pos 24U /*!< xPSR: T Position */
#define xPSR_T_Msk (1UL << xPSR_T_Pos) /*!< xPSR: T Mask */
#define xPSR_ISR_Pos 0U /*!< xPSR: ISR Position */
#define xPSR_ISR_Msk (0x1FFUL /*<< xPSR_ISR_Pos*/) /*!< xPSR: ISR Mask */
/**
\brief Union type to access the Control Registers (CONTROL).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t _reserved0:1; /*!< bit: 0 Reserved */
uint32_t SPSEL:1; /*!< bit: 1 Stack to be used */
uint32_t _reserved1:30; /*!< bit: 2..31 Reserved */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} CONTROL_Type;
/* CONTROL Register Definitions */
#define CONTROL_SPSEL_Pos 1U /*!< CONTROL: SPSEL Position */
#define CONTROL_SPSEL_Msk (1UL << CONTROL_SPSEL_Pos) /*!< CONTROL: SPSEL Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_CORE */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_NVIC Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
\brief Type definitions for the NVIC Registers
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IOM uint32_t ISER[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Interrupt Set Enable Register */
uint32_t RESERVED0[31U];
__IOM uint32_t ICER[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x080 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Enable Register */
uint32_t RSERVED1[31U];
__IOM uint32_t ISPR[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x100 (R/W) Interrupt Set Pending Register */
uint32_t RESERVED2[31U];
__IOM uint32_t ICPR[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x180 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Pending Register */
uint32_t RESERVED3[31U];
uint32_t RESERVED4[64U];
__IOM uint32_t IP[8U]; /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/W) Interrupt Priority Register */
} NVIC_Type;
/*@} end of group CMSIS_NVIC */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_SCB System Control Block (SCB)
\brief Type definitions for the System Control Block Registers
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the System Control Block (SCB).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IM uint32_t CPUID; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) CPUID Base Register */
__IOM uint32_t ICSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Interrupt Control and State Register */
uint32_t RESERVED0;
__IOM uint32_t AIRCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register */
__IOM uint32_t SCR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) System Control Register */
__IOM uint32_t CCR; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) Configuration Control Register */
uint32_t RESERVED1;
__IOM uint32_t SHP[2U]; /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/W) System Handlers Priority Registers. [0] is RESERVED */
__IOM uint32_t SHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) System Handler Control and State Register */
} SCB_Type;
/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */
#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos 24U /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos 20U /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos 16U /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos 4U /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk (0xFFFUL << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos 0U /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk (0xFUL /*<< SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos*/) /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */
/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */
#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos 31U /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos 28U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos 27U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos 26U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos 25U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos 23U /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos 22U /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos 12U /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos 0U /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk (0x1FFUL /*<< SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos*/) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */
/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos 16U /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos 16U /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos 15U /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos 2U /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos 1U /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */
/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */
#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos 4U /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */
#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos 2U /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos 1U /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */
/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */
#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos 9U /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */
#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */
#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos 3U /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */
#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */
/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */
#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos 15U /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */
#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCB */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_SysTick System Tick Timer (SysTick)
\brief Type definitions for the System Timer Registers.
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the System Timer (SysTick).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IOM uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) SysTick Control and Status Register */
__IOM uint32_t LOAD; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) SysTick Reload Value Register */
__IOM uint32_t VAL; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) SysTick Current Value Register */
__IM uint32_t CALIB; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/ ) SysTick Calibration Register */
} SysTick_Type;
/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos 16U /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */
#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos 2U /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */
#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos 1U /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */
#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL /*<< SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */
#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */
/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */
#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */
/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos 31U /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */
#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */
#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos 30U /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */
#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */
#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */
#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_SysTick */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_CoreDebug Core Debug Registers (CoreDebug)
\brief Cortex-M0 Core Debug Registers (DCB registers, SHCSR, and DFSR) are only accessible over DAP and not via processor.
Therefore they are not covered by the Cortex-M0 header file.
@{
*/
/*@} end of group CMSIS_CoreDebug */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_core_bitfield Core register bit field macros
\brief Macros for use with bit field definitions (xxx_Pos, xxx_Msk).
@{
*/
/**
\brief Mask and shift a bit field value for use in a register bit range.
\param[in] field Name of the register bit field.
\param[in] value Value of the bit field.
\return Masked and shifted value.
*/
#define _VAL2FLD(field, value) ((value << field ## _Pos) & field ## _Msk)
/**
\brief Mask and shift a register value to extract a bit filed value.
\param[in] field Name of the register bit field.
\param[in] value Value of register.
\return Masked and shifted bit field value.
*/
#define _FLD2VAL(field, value) ((value & field ## _Msk) >> field ## _Pos)
/*@} end of group CMSIS_core_bitfield */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_core_base Core Definitions
\brief Definitions for base addresses, unions, and structures.
@{
*/
/* Memory mapping of Cortex-M0 Hardware */
#define SCS_BASE (0xE000E000UL) /*!< System Control Space Base Address */
#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010UL) /*!< SysTick Base Address */
#define NVIC_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0100UL) /*!< NVIC Base Address */
#define SCB_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D00UL) /*!< System Control Block Base Address */
#define SCB ((SCB_Type *) SCB_BASE ) /*!< SCB configuration struct */
#define SysTick ((SysTick_Type *) SysTick_BASE ) /*!< SysTick configuration struct */
#define NVIC ((NVIC_Type *) NVIC_BASE ) /*!< NVIC configuration struct */
/*@} */
/*******************************************************************************
* Hardware Abstraction Layer
Core Function Interface contains:
- Core NVIC Functions
- Core SysTick Functions
- Core Register Access Functions
******************************************************************************/
/**
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface Functions and Instructions Reference
*/
/* ########################## NVIC functions #################################### */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions NVIC Functions
\brief Functions that manage interrupts and exceptions via the NVIC.
@{
*/
/* Interrupt Priorities are WORD accessible only under ARMv6M */
/* The following MACROS handle generation of the register offset and byte masks */
#define _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ( ((((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) ) & 0x03UL) * 8UL)
#define _SHP_IDX(IRQn) ( (((((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) & 0x0FUL)-8UL) >> 2UL) )
#define _IP_IDX(IRQn) ( (((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) >> 2UL) )
/**
\brief Enable External Interrupt
\details Enables a device-specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
\param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ISER[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Disable External Interrupt
\details Disables a device-specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
\param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ICER[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Get Pending Interrupt
\details Reads the pending register in the NVIC and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
\return 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
\return 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->ISPR[0U] & (1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL))) != 0UL) ? 1UL : 0UL));
}
/**
\brief Set Pending Interrupt
\details Sets the pending bit of an external interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ISPR[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Clear Pending Interrupt
\details Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ICPR[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Set Interrupt Priority
\details Sets the priority of an interrupt.
\note The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
\param [in] priority Priority to set.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority)
{
if ((int32_t)(IRQn) < 0)
{
SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] = ((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] & ~(0xFFUL << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn))) |
(((priority << (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)));
}
else
{
NVIC->IP[_IP_IDX(IRQn)] = ((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[_IP_IDX(IRQn)] & ~(0xFFUL << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn))) |
(((priority << (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)));
}
}
/**
\brief Get Interrupt Priority
\details Reads the priority of an interrupt.
The interrupt number can be positive to specify an external (device specific) interrupt,
or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
\return Interrupt Priority.
Value is aligned automatically to the implemented priority bits of the microcontroller.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
if ((int32_t)(IRQn) < 0)
{
return((uint32_t)(((SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] >> _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) >> (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)));
}
else
{
return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->IP[ _IP_IDX(IRQn)] >> _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) >> (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)));
}
}
/**
\brief System Reset
\details Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
__DSB(); /* Ensure all outstanding memory accesses included
buffered write are completed before reset */
SCB->AIRCR = ((0x5FAUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) |
SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk);
__DSB(); /* Ensure completion of memory access */
for(;;) /* wait until reset */
{
__NOP();
}
}
/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions */
/* ################################## SysTick function ############################################ */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions SysTick Functions
\brief Functions that configure the System.
@{
*/
#if (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0U)
/**
\brief System Tick Configuration
\details Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
\param [in] ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
\return 0 Function succeeded.
\return 1 Function failed.
\note When the variable <b>__Vendor_SysTickConfig</b> is set to 1, then the
function <b>SysTick_Config</b> is not included. In this case, the file <b><i>device</i>.h</b>
must contain a vendor-specific implementation of this function.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks)
{
if ((ticks - 1UL) > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk)
{
return (1UL); /* Reload value impossible */
}
SysTick->LOAD = (uint32_t)(ticks - 1UL); /* set reload register */
NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1UL); /* set Priority for Systick Interrupt */
SysTick->VAL = 0UL; /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */
SysTick->CTRL = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk |
SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk |
SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */
return (0UL); /* Function successful */
}
#endif
/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __CORE_CM0_H_DEPENDANT */
#endif /* __CMSIS_GENERIC */
@@ -0,0 +1,914 @@
/**************************************************************************//**
* @file core_cm0plus.h
* @brief CMSIS Cortex-M0+ Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File
* @version V4.30
* @date 20. October 2015
******************************************************************************/
/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
*
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#pragma clang system_header /* treat file as system include file */
#endif
#ifndef __CORE_CM0PLUS_H_GENERIC
#define __CORE_CM0PLUS_H_GENERIC
#include <stdint.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
\page CMSIS_MISRA_Exceptions MISRA-C:2004 Compliance Exceptions
CMSIS violates the following MISRA-C:2004 rules:
\li Required Rule 8.5, object/function definition in header file.<br>
Function definitions in header files are used to allow 'inlining'.
\li Required Rule 18.4, declaration of union type or object of union type: '{...}'.<br>
Unions are used for effective representation of core registers.
\li Advisory Rule 19.7, Function-like macro defined.<br>
Function-like macros are used to allow more efficient code.
*/
/*******************************************************************************
* CMSIS definitions
******************************************************************************/
/**
\ingroup Cortex-M0+
@{
*/
/* CMSIS CM0+ definitions */
#define __CM0PLUS_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x04U) /*!< [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */
#define __CM0PLUS_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x1EU) /*!< [15:0] CMSIS HAL sub version */
#define __CM0PLUS_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM0PLUS_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16U) | \
__CM0PLUS_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB ) /*!< CMSIS HAL version number */
#define __CORTEX_M (0x00U) /*!< Cortex-M Core */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static __inline
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static __inline
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only available in High optimization mode! */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TI CCS Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
#define __packed
#define __ASM _asm /*!< asm keyword for COSMIC Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for COSMIC Compiler. Use -pc99 on compile line */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#else
#error Unknown compiler
#endif
/** __FPU_USED indicates whether an FPU is used or not.
This core does not support an FPU at all
*/
#define __FPU_USED 0U
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#if defined __TARGET_FPU_VFP
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#if defined __ARM_PCS_VFP
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined(__SOFTFP__)
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#if defined __ARMVFP__
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
#if defined __TI_VFP_SUPPORT__
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
#if defined __FPU_VFP__
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
#if ( __CSMC__ & 0x400U)
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#endif
#include "core_cmInstr.h" /* Core Instruction Access */
#include "core_cmFunc.h" /* Core Function Access */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __CORE_CM0PLUS_H_GENERIC */
#ifndef __CMSIS_GENERIC
#ifndef __CORE_CM0PLUS_H_DEPENDANT
#define __CORE_CM0PLUS_H_DEPENDANT
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* check device defines and use defaults */
#if defined __CHECK_DEVICE_DEFINES
#ifndef __CM0PLUS_REV
#define __CM0PLUS_REV 0x0000U
#warning "__CM0PLUS_REV not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#ifndef __MPU_PRESENT
#define __MPU_PRESENT 0U
#warning "__MPU_PRESENT not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#ifndef __VTOR_PRESENT
#define __VTOR_PRESENT 0U
#warning "__VTOR_PRESENT not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#ifndef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 2U
#warning "__NVIC_PRIO_BITS not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#ifndef __Vendor_SysTickConfig
#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0U
#warning "__Vendor_SysTickConfig not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#endif
/* IO definitions (access restrictions to peripheral registers) */
/**
\defgroup CMSIS_glob_defs CMSIS Global Defines
<strong>IO Type Qualifiers</strong> are used
\li to specify the access to peripheral variables.
\li for automatic generation of peripheral register debug information.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define __I volatile /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
#else
#define __I volatile const /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
#endif
#define __O volatile /*!< Defines 'write only' permissions */
#define __IO volatile /*!< Defines 'read / write' permissions */
/* following defines should be used for structure members */
#define __IM volatile const /*! Defines 'read only' structure member permissions */
#define __OM volatile /*! Defines 'write only' structure member permissions */
#define __IOM volatile /*! Defines 'read / write' structure member permissions */
/*@} end of group Cortex-M0+ */
/*******************************************************************************
* Register Abstraction
Core Register contain:
- Core Register
- Core NVIC Register
- Core SCB Register
- Core SysTick Register
- Core MPU Register
******************************************************************************/
/**
\defgroup CMSIS_core_register Defines and Type Definitions
\brief Type definitions and defines for Cortex-M processor based devices.
*/
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_CORE Status and Control Registers
\brief Core Register type definitions.
@{
*/
/**
\brief Union type to access the Application Program Status Register (APSR).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t _reserved0:28; /*!< bit: 0..27 Reserved */
uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */
uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */
uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */
uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} APSR_Type;
/* APSR Register Definitions */
#define APSR_N_Pos 31U /*!< APSR: N Position */
#define APSR_N_Msk (1UL << APSR_N_Pos) /*!< APSR: N Mask */
#define APSR_Z_Pos 30U /*!< APSR: Z Position */
#define APSR_Z_Msk (1UL << APSR_Z_Pos) /*!< APSR: Z Mask */
#define APSR_C_Pos 29U /*!< APSR: C Position */
#define APSR_C_Msk (1UL << APSR_C_Pos) /*!< APSR: C Mask */
#define APSR_V_Pos 28U /*!< APSR: V Position */
#define APSR_V_Msk (1UL << APSR_V_Pos) /*!< APSR: V Mask */
/**
\brief Union type to access the Interrupt Program Status Register (IPSR).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */
uint32_t _reserved0:23; /*!< bit: 9..31 Reserved */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} IPSR_Type;
/* IPSR Register Definitions */
#define IPSR_ISR_Pos 0U /*!< IPSR: ISR Position */
#define IPSR_ISR_Msk (0x1FFUL /*<< IPSR_ISR_Pos*/) /*!< IPSR: ISR Mask */
/**
\brief Union type to access the Special-Purpose Program Status Registers (xPSR).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */
uint32_t _reserved0:15; /*!< bit: 9..23 Reserved */
uint32_t T:1; /*!< bit: 24 Thumb bit (read 0) */
uint32_t _reserved1:3; /*!< bit: 25..27 Reserved */
uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */
uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */
uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */
uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} xPSR_Type;
/* xPSR Register Definitions */
#define xPSR_N_Pos 31U /*!< xPSR: N Position */
#define xPSR_N_Msk (1UL << xPSR_N_Pos) /*!< xPSR: N Mask */
#define xPSR_Z_Pos 30U /*!< xPSR: Z Position */
#define xPSR_Z_Msk (1UL << xPSR_Z_Pos) /*!< xPSR: Z Mask */
#define xPSR_C_Pos 29U /*!< xPSR: C Position */
#define xPSR_C_Msk (1UL << xPSR_C_Pos) /*!< xPSR: C Mask */
#define xPSR_V_Pos 28U /*!< xPSR: V Position */
#define xPSR_V_Msk (1UL << xPSR_V_Pos) /*!< xPSR: V Mask */
#define xPSR_T_Pos 24U /*!< xPSR: T Position */
#define xPSR_T_Msk (1UL << xPSR_T_Pos) /*!< xPSR: T Mask */
#define xPSR_ISR_Pos 0U /*!< xPSR: ISR Position */
#define xPSR_ISR_Msk (0x1FFUL /*<< xPSR_ISR_Pos*/) /*!< xPSR: ISR Mask */
/**
\brief Union type to access the Control Registers (CONTROL).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t nPRIV:1; /*!< bit: 0 Execution privilege in Thread mode */
uint32_t SPSEL:1; /*!< bit: 1 Stack to be used */
uint32_t _reserved1:30; /*!< bit: 2..31 Reserved */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} CONTROL_Type;
/* CONTROL Register Definitions */
#define CONTROL_SPSEL_Pos 1U /*!< CONTROL: SPSEL Position */
#define CONTROL_SPSEL_Msk (1UL << CONTROL_SPSEL_Pos) /*!< CONTROL: SPSEL Mask */
#define CONTROL_nPRIV_Pos 0U /*!< CONTROL: nPRIV Position */
#define CONTROL_nPRIV_Msk (1UL /*<< CONTROL_nPRIV_Pos*/) /*!< CONTROL: nPRIV Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_CORE */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_NVIC Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
\brief Type definitions for the NVIC Registers
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IOM uint32_t ISER[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Interrupt Set Enable Register */
uint32_t RESERVED0[31U];
__IOM uint32_t ICER[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x080 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Enable Register */
uint32_t RSERVED1[31U];
__IOM uint32_t ISPR[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x100 (R/W) Interrupt Set Pending Register */
uint32_t RESERVED2[31U];
__IOM uint32_t ICPR[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x180 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Pending Register */
uint32_t RESERVED3[31U];
uint32_t RESERVED4[64U];
__IOM uint32_t IP[8U]; /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/W) Interrupt Priority Register */
} NVIC_Type;
/*@} end of group CMSIS_NVIC */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_SCB System Control Block (SCB)
\brief Type definitions for the System Control Block Registers
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the System Control Block (SCB).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IM uint32_t CPUID; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) CPUID Base Register */
__IOM uint32_t ICSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Interrupt Control and State Register */
#if (__VTOR_PRESENT == 1U)
__IOM uint32_t VTOR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Vector Table Offset Register */
#else
uint32_t RESERVED0;
#endif
__IOM uint32_t AIRCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register */
__IOM uint32_t SCR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) System Control Register */
__IOM uint32_t CCR; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) Configuration Control Register */
uint32_t RESERVED1;
__IOM uint32_t SHP[2U]; /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/W) System Handlers Priority Registers. [0] is RESERVED */
__IOM uint32_t SHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) System Handler Control and State Register */
} SCB_Type;
/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */
#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos 24U /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos 20U /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos 16U /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos 4U /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk (0xFFFUL << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos 0U /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk (0xFUL /*<< SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos*/) /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */
/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */
#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos 31U /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos 28U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos 27U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos 26U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos 25U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos 23U /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos 22U /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos 12U /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos 0U /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk (0x1FFUL /*<< SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos*/) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */
#if (__VTOR_PRESENT == 1U)
/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */
#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos 8U /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Position */
#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Mask */
#endif
/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos 16U /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos 16U /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos 15U /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos 2U /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos 1U /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */
/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */
#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos 4U /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */
#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos 2U /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos 1U /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */
/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */
#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos 9U /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */
#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */
#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos 3U /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */
#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */
/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */
#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos 15U /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */
#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCB */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_SysTick System Tick Timer (SysTick)
\brief Type definitions for the System Timer Registers.
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the System Timer (SysTick).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IOM uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) SysTick Control and Status Register */
__IOM uint32_t LOAD; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) SysTick Reload Value Register */
__IOM uint32_t VAL; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) SysTick Current Value Register */
__IM uint32_t CALIB; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/ ) SysTick Calibration Register */
} SysTick_Type;
/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos 16U /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */
#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos 2U /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */
#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos 1U /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */
#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL /*<< SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */
#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */
/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */
#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */
/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos 31U /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */
#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */
#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos 30U /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */
#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */
#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */
#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_SysTick */
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_MPU Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
\brief Type definitions for the Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the Memory Protection Unit (MPU).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IM uint32_t TYPE; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) MPU Type Register */
__IOM uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) MPU Control Register */
__IOM uint32_t RNR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) MPU Region RNRber Register */
__IOM uint32_t RBAR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) MPU Region Base Address Register */
__IOM uint32_t RASR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */
} MPU_Type;
/* MPU Type Register Definitions */
#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos 16U /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Position */
#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Mask */
#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos 8U /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Position */
#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Mask */
#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos 0U /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Position */
#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Msk (1UL /*<< MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos*/) /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Mask */
/* MPU Control Register Definitions */
#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos 2U /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Position */
#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Mask */
#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos 1U /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Position */
#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Mask */
#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0U /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Position */
#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL /*<< MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos*/) /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
/* MPU Region Number Register Definitions */
#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos 0U /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Position */
#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Msk (0xFFUL /*<< MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos*/) /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Mask */
/* MPU Region Base Address Register Definitions */
#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos 8U /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Position */
#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Mask */
#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos 4U /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Position */
#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Msk (1UL << MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Mask */
#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos 0U /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Position */
#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Msk (0xFUL /*<< MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos*/) /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Mask */
/* MPU Region Attribute and Size Register Definitions */
#define MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Pos 16U /*!< MPU RASR: MPU Region Attribute field Position */
#define MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Msk (0xFFFFUL << MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: MPU Region Attribute field Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_XN_Pos 28U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.XN Position */
#define MPU_RASR_XN_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.XN Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_AP_Pos 24U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.AP Position */
#define MPU_RASR_AP_Msk (0x7UL << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.AP Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos 19U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.TEX Position */
#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Msk (0x7UL << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.TEX Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_S_Pos 18U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.S Position */
#define MPU_RASR_S_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.S Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_C_Pos 17U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.C Position */
#define MPU_RASR_C_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.C Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_B_Pos 16U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.B Position */
#define MPU_RASR_B_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.B Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos 8U /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Position */
#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos 1U /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Position */
#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Msk (0x1FUL << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos 0U /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Position */
#define MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Msk (1UL /*<< MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos*/) /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Disable Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_MPU */
#endif
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_CoreDebug Core Debug Registers (CoreDebug)
\brief Cortex-M0+ Core Debug Registers (DCB registers, SHCSR, and DFSR) are only accessible over DAP and not via processor.
Therefore they are not covered by the Cortex-M0+ header file.
@{
*/
/*@} end of group CMSIS_CoreDebug */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_core_bitfield Core register bit field macros
\brief Macros for use with bit field definitions (xxx_Pos, xxx_Msk).
@{
*/
/**
\brief Mask and shift a bit field value for use in a register bit range.
\param[in] field Name of the register bit field.
\param[in] value Value of the bit field.
\return Masked and shifted value.
*/
#define _VAL2FLD(field, value) ((value << field ## _Pos) & field ## _Msk)
/**
\brief Mask and shift a register value to extract a bit filed value.
\param[in] field Name of the register bit field.
\param[in] value Value of register.
\return Masked and shifted bit field value.
*/
#define _FLD2VAL(field, value) ((value & field ## _Msk) >> field ## _Pos)
/*@} end of group CMSIS_core_bitfield */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_core_base Core Definitions
\brief Definitions for base addresses, unions, and structures.
@{
*/
/* Memory mapping of Cortex-M0+ Hardware */
#define SCS_BASE (0xE000E000UL) /*!< System Control Space Base Address */
#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010UL) /*!< SysTick Base Address */
#define NVIC_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0100UL) /*!< NVIC Base Address */
#define SCB_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D00UL) /*!< System Control Block Base Address */
#define SCB ((SCB_Type *) SCB_BASE ) /*!< SCB configuration struct */
#define SysTick ((SysTick_Type *) SysTick_BASE ) /*!< SysTick configuration struct */
#define NVIC ((NVIC_Type *) NVIC_BASE ) /*!< NVIC configuration struct */
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
#define MPU_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D90UL) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */
#define MPU ((MPU_Type *) MPU_BASE ) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */
#endif
/*@} */
/*******************************************************************************
* Hardware Abstraction Layer
Core Function Interface contains:
- Core NVIC Functions
- Core SysTick Functions
- Core Register Access Functions
******************************************************************************/
/**
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface Functions and Instructions Reference
*/
/* ########################## NVIC functions #################################### */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions NVIC Functions
\brief Functions that manage interrupts and exceptions via the NVIC.
@{
*/
/* Interrupt Priorities are WORD accessible only under ARMv6M */
/* The following MACROS handle generation of the register offset and byte masks */
#define _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ( ((((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) ) & 0x03UL) * 8UL)
#define _SHP_IDX(IRQn) ( (((((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) & 0x0FUL)-8UL) >> 2UL) )
#define _IP_IDX(IRQn) ( (((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) >> 2UL) )
/**
\brief Enable External Interrupt
\details Enables a device-specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
\param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ISER[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Disable External Interrupt
\details Disables a device-specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
\param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ICER[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Get Pending Interrupt
\details Reads the pending register in the NVIC and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
\return 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
\return 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->ISPR[0U] & (1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL))) != 0UL) ? 1UL : 0UL));
}
/**
\brief Set Pending Interrupt
\details Sets the pending bit of an external interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ISPR[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Clear Pending Interrupt
\details Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ICPR[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Set Interrupt Priority
\details Sets the priority of an interrupt.
\note The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
\param [in] priority Priority to set.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority)
{
if ((int32_t)(IRQn) < 0)
{
SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] = ((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] & ~(0xFFUL << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn))) |
(((priority << (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)));
}
else
{
NVIC->IP[_IP_IDX(IRQn)] = ((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[_IP_IDX(IRQn)] & ~(0xFFUL << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn))) |
(((priority << (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)));
}
}
/**
\brief Get Interrupt Priority
\details Reads the priority of an interrupt.
The interrupt number can be positive to specify an external (device specific) interrupt,
or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
\return Interrupt Priority.
Value is aligned automatically to the implemented priority bits of the microcontroller.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
if ((int32_t)(IRQn) < 0)
{
return((uint32_t)(((SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] >> _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) >> (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)));
}
else
{
return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->IP[ _IP_IDX(IRQn)] >> _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) >> (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)));
}
}
/**
\brief System Reset
\details Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
__DSB(); /* Ensure all outstanding memory accesses included
buffered write are completed before reset */
SCB->AIRCR = ((0x5FAUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) |
SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk);
__DSB(); /* Ensure completion of memory access */
for(;;) /* wait until reset */
{
__NOP();
}
}
/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions */
/* ################################## SysTick function ############################################ */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions SysTick Functions
\brief Functions that configure the System.
@{
*/
#if (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0U)
/**
\brief System Tick Configuration
\details Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
\param [in] ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
\return 0 Function succeeded.
\return 1 Function failed.
\note When the variable <b>__Vendor_SysTickConfig</b> is set to 1, then the
function <b>SysTick_Config</b> is not included. In this case, the file <b><i>device</i>.h</b>
must contain a vendor-specific implementation of this function.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks)
{
if ((ticks - 1UL) > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk)
{
return (1UL); /* Reload value impossible */
}
SysTick->LOAD = (uint32_t)(ticks - 1UL); /* set reload register */
NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1UL); /* set Priority for Systick Interrupt */
SysTick->VAL = 0UL; /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */
SysTick->CTRL = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk |
SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk |
SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */
return (0UL); /* Function successful */
}
#endif
/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __CORE_CM0PLUS_H_DEPENDANT */
#endif /* __CMSIS_GENERIC */
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/**************************************************************************//**
* @file core_cmFunc.h
* @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Function Access Header File
* @version V4.30
* @date 20. October 2015
******************************************************************************/
/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
*
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#pragma clang system_header /* treat file as system include file */
#endif
#ifndef __CORE_CMFUNC_H
#define __CORE_CMFUNC_H
/* ########################### Core Function Access ########################### */
/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions CMSIS Core Register Access Functions
@{
*/
/*------------------ RealView Compiler -----------------*/
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#include "cmsis_armcc.h"
/*------------------ ARM Compiler V6 -------------------*/
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#include "cmsis_armcc_V6.h"
/*------------------ GNU Compiler ----------------------*/
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#include "cmsis_gcc.h"
/*------------------ ICC Compiler ----------------------*/
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#include <cmsis_iar.h>
/*------------------ TI CCS Compiler -------------------*/
#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
#include <cmsis_ccs.h>
/*------------------ TASKING Compiler ------------------*/
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
/*
* The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler.
* Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all intrinsics,
* Including the CMSIS ones.
*/
/*------------------ COSMIC Compiler -------------------*/
#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
#include <cmsis_csm.h>
#endif
/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions */
#endif /* __CORE_CMFUNC_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/**************************************************************************//**
* @file core_cmInstr.h
* @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Instruction Access Header File
* @version V4.30
* @date 20. October 2015
******************************************************************************/
/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
*
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#pragma clang system_header /* treat file as system include file */
#endif
#ifndef __CORE_CMINSTR_H
#define __CORE_CMINSTR_H
/* ########################## Core Instruction Access ######################### */
/** \defgroup CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface CMSIS Core Instruction Interface
Access to dedicated instructions
@{
*/
/*------------------ RealView Compiler -----------------*/
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#include "cmsis_armcc.h"
/*------------------ ARM Compiler V6 -------------------*/
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#include "cmsis_armcc_V6.h"
/*------------------ GNU Compiler ----------------------*/
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#include "cmsis_gcc.h"
/*------------------ ICC Compiler ----------------------*/
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#include <cmsis_iar.h>
/*------------------ TI CCS Compiler -------------------*/
#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
#include <cmsis_ccs.h>
/*------------------ TASKING Compiler ------------------*/
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
/*
* The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler.
* Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all intrinsics,
* Including the CMSIS ones.
*/
/*------------------ COSMIC Compiler -------------------*/
#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
#include <cmsis_csm.h>
#endif
/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface */
#endif /* __CORE_CMINSTR_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
/**************************************************************************//**
* @file core_cmSimd.h
* @brief CMSIS Cortex-M SIMD Header File
* @version V4.30
* @date 20. October 2015
******************************************************************************/
/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
*
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#pragma clang system_header /* treat file as system include file */
#endif
#ifndef __CORE_CMSIMD_H
#define __CORE_CMSIMD_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* ################### Compiler specific Intrinsics ########################### */
/** \defgroup CMSIS_SIMD_intrinsics CMSIS SIMD Intrinsics
Access to dedicated SIMD instructions
@{
*/
/*------------------ RealView Compiler -----------------*/
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#include "cmsis_armcc.h"
/*------------------ ARM Compiler V6 -------------------*/
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#include "cmsis_armcc_V6.h"
/*------------------ GNU Compiler ----------------------*/
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#include "cmsis_gcc.h"
/*------------------ ICC Compiler ----------------------*/
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#include <cmsis_iar.h>
/*------------------ TI CCS Compiler -------------------*/
#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
#include <cmsis_ccs.h>
/*------------------ TASKING Compiler ------------------*/
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
/*
* The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler.
* Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all intrinsics,
* Including the CMSIS ones.
*/
/*------------------ COSMIC Compiler -------------------*/
#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
#include <cmsis_csm.h>
#endif
/*@} end of group CMSIS_SIMD_intrinsics */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __CORE_CMSIMD_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,926 @@
/**************************************************************************//**
* @file core_sc000.h
* @brief CMSIS SC000 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File
* @version V4.30
* @date 20. October 2015
******************************************************************************/
/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
*
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#pragma clang system_header /* treat file as system include file */
#endif
#ifndef __CORE_SC000_H_GENERIC
#define __CORE_SC000_H_GENERIC
#include <stdint.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
\page CMSIS_MISRA_Exceptions MISRA-C:2004 Compliance Exceptions
CMSIS violates the following MISRA-C:2004 rules:
\li Required Rule 8.5, object/function definition in header file.<br>
Function definitions in header files are used to allow 'inlining'.
\li Required Rule 18.4, declaration of union type or object of union type: '{...}'.<br>
Unions are used for effective representation of core registers.
\li Advisory Rule 19.7, Function-like macro defined.<br>
Function-like macros are used to allow more efficient code.
*/
/*******************************************************************************
* CMSIS definitions
******************************************************************************/
/**
\ingroup SC000
@{
*/
/* CMSIS SC000 definitions */
#define __SC000_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x04U) /*!< [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */
#define __SC000_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x1EU) /*!< [15:0] CMSIS HAL sub version */
#define __SC000_CMSIS_VERSION ((__SC000_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16U) | \
__SC000_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB ) /*!< CMSIS HAL version number */
#define __CORTEX_SC (000U) /*!< Cortex secure core */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static __inline
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static __inline
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only available in High optimization mode! */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TI CCS Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
#define __packed
#define __ASM _asm /*!< asm keyword for COSMIC Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for COSMIC Compiler. Use -pc99 on compile line */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#else
#error Unknown compiler
#endif
/** __FPU_USED indicates whether an FPU is used or not.
This core does not support an FPU at all
*/
#define __FPU_USED 0U
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#if defined __TARGET_FPU_VFP
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#if defined __ARM_PCS_VFP
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined(__SOFTFP__)
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#if defined __ARMVFP__
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
#if defined __TI_VFP_SUPPORT__
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
#if defined __FPU_VFP__
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
#if ( __CSMC__ & 0x400U)
#error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
#endif
#endif
#include "core_cmInstr.h" /* Core Instruction Access */
#include "core_cmFunc.h" /* Core Function Access */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __CORE_SC000_H_GENERIC */
#ifndef __CMSIS_GENERIC
#ifndef __CORE_SC000_H_DEPENDANT
#define __CORE_SC000_H_DEPENDANT
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* check device defines and use defaults */
#if defined __CHECK_DEVICE_DEFINES
#ifndef __SC000_REV
#define __SC000_REV 0x0000U
#warning "__SC000_REV not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#ifndef __MPU_PRESENT
#define __MPU_PRESENT 0U
#warning "__MPU_PRESENT not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#ifndef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 2U
#warning "__NVIC_PRIO_BITS not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#ifndef __Vendor_SysTickConfig
#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0U
#warning "__Vendor_SysTickConfig not defined in device header file; using default!"
#endif
#endif
/* IO definitions (access restrictions to peripheral registers) */
/**
\defgroup CMSIS_glob_defs CMSIS Global Defines
<strong>IO Type Qualifiers</strong> are used
\li to specify the access to peripheral variables.
\li for automatic generation of peripheral register debug information.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define __I volatile /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
#else
#define __I volatile const /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
#endif
#define __O volatile /*!< Defines 'write only' permissions */
#define __IO volatile /*!< Defines 'read / write' permissions */
/* following defines should be used for structure members */
#define __IM volatile const /*! Defines 'read only' structure member permissions */
#define __OM volatile /*! Defines 'write only' structure member permissions */
#define __IOM volatile /*! Defines 'read / write' structure member permissions */
/*@} end of group SC000 */
/*******************************************************************************
* Register Abstraction
Core Register contain:
- Core Register
- Core NVIC Register
- Core SCB Register
- Core SysTick Register
- Core MPU Register
******************************************************************************/
/**
\defgroup CMSIS_core_register Defines and Type Definitions
\brief Type definitions and defines for Cortex-M processor based devices.
*/
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_CORE Status and Control Registers
\brief Core Register type definitions.
@{
*/
/**
\brief Union type to access the Application Program Status Register (APSR).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t _reserved0:28; /*!< bit: 0..27 Reserved */
uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */
uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */
uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */
uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} APSR_Type;
/* APSR Register Definitions */
#define APSR_N_Pos 31U /*!< APSR: N Position */
#define APSR_N_Msk (1UL << APSR_N_Pos) /*!< APSR: N Mask */
#define APSR_Z_Pos 30U /*!< APSR: Z Position */
#define APSR_Z_Msk (1UL << APSR_Z_Pos) /*!< APSR: Z Mask */
#define APSR_C_Pos 29U /*!< APSR: C Position */
#define APSR_C_Msk (1UL << APSR_C_Pos) /*!< APSR: C Mask */
#define APSR_V_Pos 28U /*!< APSR: V Position */
#define APSR_V_Msk (1UL << APSR_V_Pos) /*!< APSR: V Mask */
/**
\brief Union type to access the Interrupt Program Status Register (IPSR).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */
uint32_t _reserved0:23; /*!< bit: 9..31 Reserved */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} IPSR_Type;
/* IPSR Register Definitions */
#define IPSR_ISR_Pos 0U /*!< IPSR: ISR Position */
#define IPSR_ISR_Msk (0x1FFUL /*<< IPSR_ISR_Pos*/) /*!< IPSR: ISR Mask */
/**
\brief Union type to access the Special-Purpose Program Status Registers (xPSR).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */
uint32_t _reserved0:15; /*!< bit: 9..23 Reserved */
uint32_t T:1; /*!< bit: 24 Thumb bit (read 0) */
uint32_t _reserved1:3; /*!< bit: 25..27 Reserved */
uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */
uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */
uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */
uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} xPSR_Type;
/* xPSR Register Definitions */
#define xPSR_N_Pos 31U /*!< xPSR: N Position */
#define xPSR_N_Msk (1UL << xPSR_N_Pos) /*!< xPSR: N Mask */
#define xPSR_Z_Pos 30U /*!< xPSR: Z Position */
#define xPSR_Z_Msk (1UL << xPSR_Z_Pos) /*!< xPSR: Z Mask */
#define xPSR_C_Pos 29U /*!< xPSR: C Position */
#define xPSR_C_Msk (1UL << xPSR_C_Pos) /*!< xPSR: C Mask */
#define xPSR_V_Pos 28U /*!< xPSR: V Position */
#define xPSR_V_Msk (1UL << xPSR_V_Pos) /*!< xPSR: V Mask */
#define xPSR_T_Pos 24U /*!< xPSR: T Position */
#define xPSR_T_Msk (1UL << xPSR_T_Pos) /*!< xPSR: T Mask */
#define xPSR_ISR_Pos 0U /*!< xPSR: ISR Position */
#define xPSR_ISR_Msk (0x1FFUL /*<< xPSR_ISR_Pos*/) /*!< xPSR: ISR Mask */
/**
\brief Union type to access the Control Registers (CONTROL).
*/
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint32_t _reserved0:1; /*!< bit: 0 Reserved */
uint32_t SPSEL:1; /*!< bit: 1 Stack to be used */
uint32_t _reserved1:30; /*!< bit: 2..31 Reserved */
} b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
} CONTROL_Type;
/* CONTROL Register Definitions */
#define CONTROL_SPSEL_Pos 1U /*!< CONTROL: SPSEL Position */
#define CONTROL_SPSEL_Msk (1UL << CONTROL_SPSEL_Pos) /*!< CONTROL: SPSEL Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_CORE */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_NVIC Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
\brief Type definitions for the NVIC Registers
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IOM uint32_t ISER[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Interrupt Set Enable Register */
uint32_t RESERVED0[31U];
__IOM uint32_t ICER[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x080 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Enable Register */
uint32_t RSERVED1[31U];
__IOM uint32_t ISPR[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x100 (R/W) Interrupt Set Pending Register */
uint32_t RESERVED2[31U];
__IOM uint32_t ICPR[1U]; /*!< Offset: 0x180 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Pending Register */
uint32_t RESERVED3[31U];
uint32_t RESERVED4[64U];
__IOM uint32_t IP[8U]; /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/W) Interrupt Priority Register */
} NVIC_Type;
/*@} end of group CMSIS_NVIC */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_SCB System Control Block (SCB)
\brief Type definitions for the System Control Block Registers
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the System Control Block (SCB).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IM uint32_t CPUID; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) CPUID Base Register */
__IOM uint32_t ICSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Interrupt Control and State Register */
__IOM uint32_t VTOR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Vector Table Offset Register */
__IOM uint32_t AIRCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register */
__IOM uint32_t SCR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) System Control Register */
__IOM uint32_t CCR; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) Configuration Control Register */
uint32_t RESERVED0[1U];
__IOM uint32_t SHP[2U]; /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/W) System Handlers Priority Registers. [0] is RESERVED */
__IOM uint32_t SHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) System Handler Control and State Register */
uint32_t RESERVED1[154U];
__IOM uint32_t SFCR; /*!< Offset: 0x290 (R/W) Security Features Control Register */
} SCB_Type;
/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */
#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos 24U /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos 20U /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos 16U /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos 4U /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk (0xFFFUL << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */
#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos 0U /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */
#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk (0xFUL /*<< SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos*/) /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */
/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */
#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos 31U /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos 28U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos 27U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos 26U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos 25U /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos 23U /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos 22U /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos 12U /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos 0U /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */
#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk (0x1FFUL /*<< SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos*/) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */
/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */
#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos 7U /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Position */
#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Msk (0x1FFFFFFUL << SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Mask */
/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos 16U /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos 16U /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos 15U /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos 2U /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos 1U /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */
#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */
/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */
#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos 4U /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */
#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos 2U /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos 1U /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */
#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */
/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */
#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos 9U /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */
#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */
#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos 3U /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */
#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */
/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */
#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos 15U /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */
#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCB */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_SCnSCB System Controls not in SCB (SCnSCB)
\brief Type definitions for the System Control and ID Register not in the SCB
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the System Control and ID Register not in the SCB.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t RESERVED0[2U];
__IOM uint32_t ACTLR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Auxiliary Control Register */
} SCnSCB_Type;
/* Auxiliary Control Register Definitions */
#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos 0U /*!< ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Position */
#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk (1UL /*<< SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos*/) /*!< ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCnotSCB */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_SysTick System Tick Timer (SysTick)
\brief Type definitions for the System Timer Registers.
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the System Timer (SysTick).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IOM uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) SysTick Control and Status Register */
__IOM uint32_t LOAD; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) SysTick Reload Value Register */
__IOM uint32_t VAL; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) SysTick Current Value Register */
__IM uint32_t CALIB; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/ ) SysTick Calibration Register */
} SysTick_Type;
/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos 16U /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */
#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos 2U /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */
#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos 1U /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */
#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */
#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL /*<< SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */
#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */
/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */
#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */
/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */
#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos 31U /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */
#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */
#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos 30U /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */
#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */
#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos 0U /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */
#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos*/) /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_SysTick */
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_MPU Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
\brief Type definitions for the Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
@{
*/
/**
\brief Structure type to access the Memory Protection Unit (MPU).
*/
typedef struct
{
__IM uint32_t TYPE; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) MPU Type Register */
__IOM uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) MPU Control Register */
__IOM uint32_t RNR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) MPU Region RNRber Register */
__IOM uint32_t RBAR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) MPU Region Base Address Register */
__IOM uint32_t RASR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */
} MPU_Type;
/* MPU Type Register Definitions */
#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos 16U /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Position */
#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Mask */
#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos 8U /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Position */
#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Mask */
#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos 0U /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Position */
#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Msk (1UL /*<< MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos*/) /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Mask */
/* MPU Control Register Definitions */
#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos 2U /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Position */
#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Mask */
#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos 1U /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Position */
#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Mask */
#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0U /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Position */
#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL /*<< MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos*/) /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
/* MPU Region Number Register Definitions */
#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos 0U /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Position */
#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Msk (0xFFUL /*<< MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos*/) /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Mask */
/* MPU Region Base Address Register Definitions */
#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos 8U /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Position */
#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Mask */
#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos 4U /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Position */
#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Msk (1UL << MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Mask */
#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos 0U /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Position */
#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Msk (0xFUL /*<< MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos*/) /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Mask */
/* MPU Region Attribute and Size Register Definitions */
#define MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Pos 16U /*!< MPU RASR: MPU Region Attribute field Position */
#define MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Msk (0xFFFFUL << MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: MPU Region Attribute field Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_XN_Pos 28U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.XN Position */
#define MPU_RASR_XN_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.XN Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_AP_Pos 24U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.AP Position */
#define MPU_RASR_AP_Msk (0x7UL << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.AP Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos 19U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.TEX Position */
#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Msk (0x7UL << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.TEX Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_S_Pos 18U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.S Position */
#define MPU_RASR_S_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.S Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_C_Pos 17U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.C Position */
#define MPU_RASR_C_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.C Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_B_Pos 16U /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.B Position */
#define MPU_RASR_B_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.B Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos 8U /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Position */
#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos 1U /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Position */
#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Msk (0x1FUL << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Mask */
#define MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos 0U /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Position */
#define MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Msk (1UL /*<< MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos*/) /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Disable Mask */
/*@} end of group CMSIS_MPU */
#endif
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_CoreDebug Core Debug Registers (CoreDebug)
\brief SC000 Core Debug Registers (DCB registers, SHCSR, and DFSR) are only accessible over DAP and not via processor.
Therefore they are not covered by the SC000 header file.
@{
*/
/*@} end of group CMSIS_CoreDebug */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_core_bitfield Core register bit field macros
\brief Macros for use with bit field definitions (xxx_Pos, xxx_Msk).
@{
*/
/**
\brief Mask and shift a bit field value for use in a register bit range.
\param[in] field Name of the register bit field.
\param[in] value Value of the bit field.
\return Masked and shifted value.
*/
#define _VAL2FLD(field, value) ((value << field ## _Pos) & field ## _Msk)
/**
\brief Mask and shift a register value to extract a bit filed value.
\param[in] field Name of the register bit field.
\param[in] value Value of register.
\return Masked and shifted bit field value.
*/
#define _FLD2VAL(field, value) ((value & field ## _Msk) >> field ## _Pos)
/*@} end of group CMSIS_core_bitfield */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_core_register
\defgroup CMSIS_core_base Core Definitions
\brief Definitions for base addresses, unions, and structures.
@{
*/
/* Memory mapping of SC000 Hardware */
#define SCS_BASE (0xE000E000UL) /*!< System Control Space Base Address */
#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010UL) /*!< SysTick Base Address */
#define NVIC_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0100UL) /*!< NVIC Base Address */
#define SCB_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D00UL) /*!< System Control Block Base Address */
#define SCnSCB ((SCnSCB_Type *) SCS_BASE ) /*!< System control Register not in SCB */
#define SCB ((SCB_Type *) SCB_BASE ) /*!< SCB configuration struct */
#define SysTick ((SysTick_Type *) SysTick_BASE ) /*!< SysTick configuration struct */
#define NVIC ((NVIC_Type *) NVIC_BASE ) /*!< NVIC configuration struct */
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
#define MPU_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D90UL) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */
#define MPU ((MPU_Type *) MPU_BASE ) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */
#endif
/*@} */
/*******************************************************************************
* Hardware Abstraction Layer
Core Function Interface contains:
- Core NVIC Functions
- Core SysTick Functions
- Core Register Access Functions
******************************************************************************/
/**
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface Functions and Instructions Reference
*/
/* ########################## NVIC functions #################################### */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions NVIC Functions
\brief Functions that manage interrupts and exceptions via the NVIC.
@{
*/
/* Interrupt Priorities are WORD accessible only under ARMv6M */
/* The following MACROS handle generation of the register offset and byte masks */
#define _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ( ((((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) ) & 0x03UL) * 8UL)
#define _SHP_IDX(IRQn) ( (((((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) & 0x0FUL)-8UL) >> 2UL) )
#define _IP_IDX(IRQn) ( (((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) >> 2UL) )
/**
\brief Enable External Interrupt
\details Enables a device-specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
\param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ISER[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Disable External Interrupt
\details Disables a device-specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
\param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ICER[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Get Pending Interrupt
\details Reads the pending register in the NVIC and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
\return 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
\return 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->ISPR[0U] & (1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL))) != 0UL) ? 1UL : 0UL));
}
/**
\brief Set Pending Interrupt
\details Sets the pending bit of an external interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ISPR[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Clear Pending Interrupt
\details Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
NVIC->ICPR[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
}
/**
\brief Set Interrupt Priority
\details Sets the priority of an interrupt.
\note The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
\param [in] priority Priority to set.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority)
{
if ((int32_t)(IRQn) < 0)
{
SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] = ((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] & ~(0xFFUL << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn))) |
(((priority << (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)));
}
else
{
NVIC->IP[_IP_IDX(IRQn)] = ((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[_IP_IDX(IRQn)] & ~(0xFFUL << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn))) |
(((priority << (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)));
}
}
/**
\brief Get Interrupt Priority
\details Reads the priority of an interrupt.
The interrupt number can be positive to specify an external (device specific) interrupt,
or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt.
\param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
\return Interrupt Priority.
Value is aligned automatically to the implemented priority bits of the microcontroller.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
if ((int32_t)(IRQn) < 0)
{
return((uint32_t)(((SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] >> _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) >> (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)));
}
else
{
return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->IP[ _IP_IDX(IRQn)] >> _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) >> (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)));
}
}
/**
\brief System Reset
\details Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
__DSB(); /* Ensure all outstanding memory accesses included
buffered write are completed before reset */
SCB->AIRCR = ((0x5FAUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) |
SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk);
__DSB(); /* Ensure completion of memory access */
for(;;) /* wait until reset */
{
__NOP();
}
}
/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions */
/* ################################## SysTick function ############################################ */
/**
\ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
\defgroup CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions SysTick Functions
\brief Functions that configure the System.
@{
*/
#if (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0U)
/**
\brief System Tick Configuration
\details Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
\param [in] ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
\return 0 Function succeeded.
\return 1 Function failed.
\note When the variable <b>__Vendor_SysTickConfig</b> is set to 1, then the
function <b>SysTick_Config</b> is not included. In this case, the file <b><i>device</i>.h</b>
must contain a vendor-specific implementation of this function.
*/
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks)
{
if ((ticks - 1UL) > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk)
{
return (1UL); /* Reload value impossible */
}
SysTick->LOAD = (uint32_t)(ticks - 1UL); /* set reload register */
NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1UL); /* set Priority for Systick Interrupt */
SysTick->VAL = 0UL; /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */
SysTick->CTRL = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk |
SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk |
SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */
return (0UL); /* Function successful */
}
#endif
/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __CORE_SC000_H_DEPENDANT */
#endif /* __CMSIS_GENERIC */
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the HAL
* module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Macros HAL Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/** @brief Freeze/Unfreeze Peripherals in Debug mode
*/
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM2() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM3() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM4() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM5() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM6() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM7() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM12() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM12_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM13() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM13_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM14() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM14_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_RTC() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C3_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_CAN1() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN1_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_CAN2() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN2_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM1() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM1_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM8() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM8_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM9() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM9_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM10() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM10_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM11() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM11_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM2() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM3() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM4() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM5() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM6() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM7() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM12() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM12_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM13() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM13_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM14() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM14_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_RTC() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C3_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_CAN1() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN1_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_CAN2() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN2_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM1() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM1_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM8() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM8_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM9() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM9_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM10() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM10_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM11() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM11_STOP))
/** @brief Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FLASH() (SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE))
/** @brief System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SYSTEMFLASH() do {SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE);\
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_0;\
}while(0);
/** @brief Embedded SRAM mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SRAM() do {SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE);\
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= (SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_0 | SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_1);\
}while(0);
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx)|| defined(STM32F417xx)
/** @brief FSMC Bank1 (NOR/PSRAM 1 and 2) mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FSMC() do {SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE);\
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= (SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_1);\
}while(0);
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/** @brief FMC Bank1 (NOR/PSRAM 1 and 2) mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FMC() do {SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE);\
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= (SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_1);\
}while(0);
/** @brief FMC/SDRAM Bank 1 and 2 mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FMC_SDRAM() do {SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE);\
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= (SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_2);\
}while(0);
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
/** @defgroup Cortex_Lockup_Enable Cortex Lockup Enable
* @{
*/
/** @brief SYSCFG Break Lockup lock
* Enables and locks the connection of Cortex-M4 LOCKUP (Hardfault) output to TIM1/8 input
* @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_BREAK_PVD_LOCK() do {SYSCFG->CFGR2 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK); \
SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK; \
}while(0)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PVD_Lock_Enable PVD Lock
* @{
*/
/** @brief SYSCFG Break PVD lock
* Enables and locks the PVD connection with Timer1/8 Break Input, , as well as the PVDE and PLS[2:0] in the PWR_CR register
* @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_BREAK_LOCKUP_LOCK() do {SYSCFG->CFGR2 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK); \
SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK; \
}while(0)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ******************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void);
void HAL_MspInit(void);
void HAL_MspDeInit(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ************************************************/
void HAL_IncTick(void);
void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay);
uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void);
void HAL_SuspendTick(void);
void HAL_ResumeTick(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void);
void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void);
void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void);
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
void HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void);
void HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void);
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Private Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of CORTEX HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Types Cortex Exported Types
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Initialization_Structure_definition MPU Region Initialization Structure Definition
* @brief MPU Region initialization structure
* @{
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Enable; /*!< Specifies the status of the region.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable */
uint8_t Number; /*!< Specifies the number of the region to protect.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number */
uint32_t BaseAddress; /*!< Specifies the base address of the region to protect. */
uint8_t Size; /*!< Specifies the size of the region to protect.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size */
uint8_t SubRegionDisable; /*!< Specifies the number of the subregion protection to disable.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF */
uint8_t TypeExtField; /*!< Specifies the TEX field level.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels */
uint8_t AccessPermission; /*!< Specifies the region access permission type.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes */
uint8_t DisableExec; /*!< Specifies the instruction access status.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access */
uint8_t IsShareable; /*!< Specifies the shareability status of the protected region.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable */
uint8_t IsCacheable; /*!< Specifies the cacheable status of the region protected.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable */
uint8_t IsBufferable; /*!< Specifies the bufferable status of the protected region.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable */
}MPU_Region_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Constants CORTEX Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Preemption_Priority_Group CORTEX Preemption Priority Group
* @{
*/
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000007U) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority
4 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000006U) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority
3 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000005U) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority
2 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority
1 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000003U) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority
0 bits for subpriority */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_SysTick_clock_source CORTEX _SysTick clock source
* @{
*/
#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8 ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004U)
/**
* @}
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_Control MPU HFNMI and PRIVILEGED Access control
* @{
*/
#define MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI ((uint32_t)0x00000002U)
#define MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT ((uint32_t)0x00000004U)
#define MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF ((uint32_t)0x00000006U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable CORTEX MPU Region Enable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_REGION_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access CORTEX MPU Instruction Access
* @{
*/
#define MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U)
#define MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x01U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Shareable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Cacheable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Bufferable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels MPU TEX Levels
* @{
*/
#define MPU_TEX_LEVEL0 ((uint8_t)0x00U)
#define MPU_TEX_LEVEL1 ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_TEX_LEVEL2 ((uint8_t)0x02U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size CORTEX MPU Region Size
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B ((uint8_t)0x04U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B ((uint8_t)0x05U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B ((uint8_t)0x06U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B ((uint8_t)0x07U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B ((uint8_t)0x08U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB ((uint8_t)0x09U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB ((uint8_t)0x0AU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB ((uint8_t)0x0BU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB ((uint8_t)0x0CU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB ((uint8_t)0x0DU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB ((uint8_t)0x0EU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB ((uint8_t)0x0FU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB ((uint8_t)0x10U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB ((uint8_t)0x11U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB ((uint8_t)0x12U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB ((uint8_t)0x13U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB ((uint8_t)0x14U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB ((uint8_t)0x15U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB ((uint8_t)0x16U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB ((uint8_t)0x17U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB ((uint8_t)0x18U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB ((uint8_t)0x19U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB ((uint8_t)0x1AU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB ((uint8_t)0x1BU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB ((uint8_t)0x1CU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB ((uint8_t)0x1DU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB ((uint8_t)0x1EU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB ((uint8_t)0x1FU)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes CORTEX MPU Region Permission Attributes
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS ((uint8_t)0x00U)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO ((uint8_t)0x02U)
#define MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS ((uint8_t)0x03U)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO ((uint8_t)0x05U)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO ((uint8_t)0x06U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number CORTEX MPU Region Number
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER0 ((uint8_t)0x00U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER1 ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER2 ((uint8_t)0x02U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER3 ((uint8_t)0x03U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER4 ((uint8_t)0x04U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER5 ((uint8_t)0x05U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER6 ((uint8_t)0x06U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER7 ((uint8_t)0x07U)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported Macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup);
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority);
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void);
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init);
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void);
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority);
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource);
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void);
void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Private_Macros CORTEX Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4))
#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10U)
#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10U)
#define IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQ) ((IRQ) >= (IRQn_Type)0x00U)
#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) || \
((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8))
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
#define IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_REGION_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_REGION_DISABLE))
#define IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE))
#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE))
#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE))
#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE))
#define IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(TYPE) (((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL0) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL1) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL2))
#define IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO))
#define IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER0) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER1) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER2) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER3) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER4) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER5) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER6) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER7))
#define IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB))
#define IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(SUBREGION) ((SUBREGION) < (uint16_t)0x00FFU)
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Private_Functions CORTEX Private Functions
* @brief CORTEX private functions
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
/**
* @brief Disables the MPU
* @retval None
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
{
/* Disable fault exceptions */
SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
/* Disable the MPU */
MPU->CTRL &= ~MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the MPU
* @param MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
* NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
* @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
* @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
* @retval None
*/
__STATIC_INLINE void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
{
/* Enable the MPU */
MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
/* Enable fault exceptions */
SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
}
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_CORTEX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_def.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief This file contains HAL common defines, enumeration, macros and
* structures definitions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_DEF
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
#include "Legacy/stm32_hal_legacy.h"
#include <stdio.h>
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief HAL Status structures definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_OK = 0x00U,
HAL_ERROR = 0x01U,
HAL_BUSY = 0x02U,
HAL_TIMEOUT = 0x03U
} HAL_StatusTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL Lock structures definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_UNLOCKED = 0x00U,
HAL_LOCKED = 0x01U
} HAL_LockTypeDef;
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define HAL_MAX_DELAY 0xFFFFFFFFU
#define HAL_IS_BIT_SET(REG, BIT) (((REG) & (BIT)) != RESET)
#define HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(REG, BIT) (((REG) & (BIT)) == RESET)
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD__, __DMA_HANDLE__) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD__ = &(__DMA_HANDLE__); \
(__DMA_HANDLE__).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
} while(0)
#define UNUSED(x) ((void)(x))
/** @brief Reset the Handle's State field.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the Peripheral Handle.
* @note This macro can be used for the following purpose:
* - When the Handle is declared as local variable; before passing it as parameter
* to HAL_PPP_Init() for the first time, it is mandatory to use this macro
* to set to 0 the Handle's "State" field.
* Otherwise, "State" field may have any random value and the first time the function
* HAL_PPP_Init() is called, the low level hardware initialization will be missed
* (i.e. HAL_PPP_MspInit() will not be executed).
* - When there is a need to reconfigure the low level hardware: instead of calling
* HAL_PPP_DeInit() then HAL_PPP_Init(), user can make a call to this macro then HAL_PPP_Init().
* In this later function, when the Handle's "State" field is set to 0, it will execute the function
* HAL_PPP_MspInit() which will reconfigure the low level hardware.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = 0U)
#if (USE_RTOS == 1)
/* Reserved for future use */
#error "USE_RTOS should be 0 in the current HAL release"
#else
#define __HAL_LOCK(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
if((__HANDLE__)->Lock == HAL_LOCKED) \
{ \
return HAL_BUSY; \
} \
else \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_LOCKED; \
} \
}while (0)
#define __HAL_UNLOCK(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; \
}while (0)
#endif /* USE_RTOS */
#if defined ( __GNUC__ )
#ifndef __weak
#define __weak __attribute__((weak))
#endif /* __weak */
#ifndef __packed
#define __packed __attribute__((__packed__))
#endif /* __packed */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/* Macro to get variable aligned on 4-bytes, for __ICCARM__ the directive "#pragma data_alignment=4" must be used instead */
#if defined (__GNUC__) /* GNU Compiler */
#ifndef __ALIGN_END
#define __ALIGN_END __attribute__ ((aligned (4)))
#endif /* __ALIGN_END */
#ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
#else
#ifndef __ALIGN_END
#define __ALIGN_END
#endif /* __ALIGN_END */
#ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
#if defined (__CC_ARM) /* ARM Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
#elif defined (__ICCARM__) /* IAR Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#endif /* __CC_ARM */
#endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/**
* @brief __RAM_FUNC definition
*/
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
/* ARM Compiler
------------
RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate source module.
Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change the 'Code / Const'
area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the 'Options for Target'
dialog.
*/
#define __RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
/* ICCARM Compiler
---------------
RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
*/
#define __RAM_FUNC __ramfunc HAL_StatusTypeDef
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
/* GNU Compiler
------------
RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
"__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
*/
#define __RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef __attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))
#endif
/**
* @brief __NOINLINE definition
*/
#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) || defined ( __GNUC__ )
/* ARM & GNUCompiler
----------------
*/
#define __NOINLINE __attribute__ ( (noinline) )
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
/* ICCARM Compiler
---------------
*/
#define __NOINLINE _Pragma("optimize = no_inline")
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ___STM32F4xx_HAL_DEF */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,771 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of DMA HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Types DMA Exported Types
* @brief DMA Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA Configuration Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Channel; /*!< Specifies the channel used for the specified stream.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Channel_selection */
uint32_t Direction; /*!< Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral,
from memory to memory or from peripheral to memory.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Data_transfer_direction */
uint32_t PeriphInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode */
uint32_t MemInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_incremented_mode */
uint32_t PeriphDataAlignment; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_data_size */
uint32_t MemDataAlignment; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_data_size */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Streamx.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_mode
@note The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory
data transfer is configured on the selected Stream */
uint32_t Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Streamx.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Priority_level */
uint32_t FIFOMode; /*!< Specifies if the FIFO mode or Direct mode will be used for the specified stream.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_FIFO_direct_mode
@note The Direct mode (FIFO mode disabled) cannot be used if the
memory-to-memory data transfer is configured on the selected stream */
uint32_t FIFOThreshold; /*!< Specifies the FIFO threshold level.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_FIFO_threshold_level */
uint32_t MemBurst; /*!< Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the memory transfers.
It specifies the amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptible
transaction.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_burst
@note The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled. */
uint32_t PeriphBurst; /*!< Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the peripheral transfers.
It specifies the amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptable
transaction.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_burst
@note The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled. */
}DMA_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL DMA State structures definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< DMA not yet initialized or disabled */
HAL_DMA_STATE_READY = 0x01U, /*!< DMA initialized and ready for use */
HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0 = 0x11U, /*!< DMA Mem0 process success */
HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM1 = 0x21U, /*!< DMA Mem1 process success */
HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0 = 0x31U, /*!< DMA Mem0 Half process success */
HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1 = 0x41U, /*!< DMA Mem1 Half process success */
HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY = 0x02U, /*!< DMA process is ongoing */
HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0 = 0x12U, /*!< DMA Mem0 process is ongoing */
HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1 = 0x22U, /*!< DMA Mem1 process is ongoing */
HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03U, /*!< DMA timeout state */
HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR = 0x04U /*!< DMA error state */
}HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL DMA Error Code structure definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER = 0x00U, /*!< Full transfer */
HAL_DMA_HALF_TRANSFER = 0x01U /*!< Half Transfer */
}HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef;
/**
* @brief DMA handle Structure definition
*/
typedef struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef
{
DMA_Stream_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
DMA_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< DMA communication parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< DMA locking object */
__IO HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef State; /*!< DMA transfer state */
void *Parent; /*!< Parent object state */
void (* XferCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer complete callback */
void (* XferHalfCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA Half transfer complete callback */
void (* XferM1CpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer complete Memory1 callback */
void (* XferErrorCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer error callback */
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< DMA Error code */
uint32_t StreamBaseAddress; /*!< DMA Stream Base Address */
uint32_t StreamIndex; /*!< DMA Stream Index */
}DMA_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants DMA Exported Constants
* @brief DMA Exported constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Error_Code DMA Error Code
* @brief DMA Error Code
* @{
*/
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< No error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< Transfer error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< FIFO error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< Direct Mode error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< Timeout error */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Channel_selection DMA Channel selection
* @brief DMA channel selection
* @{
*/
#define DMA_CHANNEL_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< DMA Channel 0 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000U) /*!< DMA Channel 1 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000U) /*!< DMA Channel 2 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_3 ((uint32_t)0x06000000U) /*!< DMA Channel 3 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_4 ((uint32_t)0x08000000U) /*!< DMA Channel 4 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_5 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000U) /*!< DMA Channel 5 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_6 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000U) /*!< DMA Channel 6 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_7 ((uint32_t)0x0E000000U) /*!< DMA Channel 7 */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Data_transfer_direction DMA Data transfer direction
* @brief DMA data transfer direction
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< Peripheral to memory direction */
#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DIR_0) /*!< Memory to peripheral direction */
#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DIR_1) /*!< Memory to memory direction */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode DMA Peripheral incremented mode
* @brief DMA peripheral incremented mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PINC_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PINC) /*!< Peripheral increment mode enable */
#define DMA_PINC_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< Peripheral increment mode disable */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_incremented_mode DMA Memory incremented mode
* @brief DMA memory incremented mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_MINC_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MINC) /*!< Memory increment mode enable */
#define DMA_MINC_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< Memory increment mode disable */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_data_size DMA Peripheral data size
* @brief DMA peripheral data size
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< Peripheral data alignment: Byte */
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PSIZE_0) /*!< Peripheral data alignment: HalfWord */
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PSIZE_1) /*!< Peripheral data alignment: Word */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_data_size DMA Memory data size
* @brief DMA memory data size
* @{
*/
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< Memory data alignment: Byte */
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MSIZE_0) /*!< Memory data alignment: HalfWord */
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MSIZE_1) /*!< Memory data alignment: Word */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_mode DMA mode
* @brief DMA mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_NORMAL ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< Normal mode */
#define DMA_CIRCULAR ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_CIRC) /*!< Circular mode */
#define DMA_PFCTRL ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL) /*!< Peripheral flow control mode */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Priority_level DMA Priority level
* @brief DMA priority levels
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PRIORITY_LOW ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< Priority level: Low */
#define DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PL_0) /*!< Priority level: Medium */
#define DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PL_1) /*!< Priority level: High */
#define DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PL) /*!< Priority level: Very High */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_FIFO_direct_mode DMA FIFO direct mode
* @brief DMA FIFO direct mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< FIFO mode disable */
#define DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS) /*!< FIFO mode enable */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_FIFO_threshold_level DMA FIFO threshold level
* @brief DMA FIFO level
* @{
*/
#define DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_1QUARTERFULL ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< FIFO threshold 1 quart full configuration */
#define DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_HALFFULL ((uint32_t)DMA_SxFCR_FTH_0) /*!< FIFO threshold half full configuration */
#define DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_3QUARTERSFULL ((uint32_t)DMA_SxFCR_FTH_1) /*!< FIFO threshold 3 quarts full configuration */
#define DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_FULL ((uint32_t)DMA_SxFCR_FTH) /*!< FIFO threshold full configuration */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_burst DMA Memory burst
* @brief DMA memory burst
* @{
*/
#define DMA_MBURST_SINGLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define DMA_MBURST_INC4 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MBURST_0)
#define DMA_MBURST_INC8 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MBURST_1)
#define DMA_MBURST_INC16 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MBURST)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_burst DMA Peripheral burst
* @brief DMA peripheral burst
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PBURST_SINGLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define DMA_PBURST_INC4 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PBURST_0)
#define DMA_PBURST_INC8 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PBURST_1)
#define DMA_PBURST_INC16 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PBURST)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_interrupt_enable_definitions DMA interrupt enable definitions
* @brief DMA interrupts definition
* @{
*/
#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_TCIE)
#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_HTIE)
#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_TEIE)
#define DMA_IT_DME ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DMEIE)
#define DMA_IT_FE ((uint32_t)0x00000080U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_flag_definitions DMA flag definitions
* @brief DMA flag definitions
* @{
*/
#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 ((uint32_t)0x00800001U)
#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 ((uint32_t)0x00800004U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U)
#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000040U)
#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000100U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000200U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000400U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000800U)
#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6 ((uint32_t)0x00010000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6 ((uint32_t)0x00040000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6 ((uint32_t)0x00080000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF3_7 ((uint32_t)0x00400000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3_7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF3_7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF3_7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF3_7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @brief Reset DMA handle state
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the DMA handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream FIFO filled level.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @retval The FIFO filling state.
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull: when FIFO is less than 1 quarter-full
* and not empty.
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full.
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full.
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull: if more than 3 quarters-full.
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FS(__HANDLE__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->FCR & (DMA_SxFCR_FS)))
/**
* @brief Enable the specified DMA Stream.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= DMA_SxCR_EN)
/**
* @brief Disable the specified DMA Stream.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~DMA_SxCR_EN)
/* Interrupt & Flag management */
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream transfer complete flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @retval The specified transfer complete flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__) \
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6 :\
DMA_FLAG_TCIF3_7)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream half transfer complete flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @retval The specified half transfer complete flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6 :\
DMA_FLAG_HTIF3_7)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream transfer error flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6 :\
DMA_FLAG_TEIF3_7)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream FIFO error flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @retval The specified FIFO error flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6 :\
DMA_FLAG_FEIF3_7)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream direct mode error flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @retval The specified direct mode error flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6 :\
DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3_7)
/**
* @brief Get the DMA Stream pending flags.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @param __FLAG__: Get the specified flag.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx: Direct mode error flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_FEIFx: FIFO error flag.
* Where x can be 0_4, 1_5, 2_6 or 3_7 to select the DMA Stream flag.
* @retval The state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA2_Stream3)? (DMA2->HISR & (__FLAG__)) :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA1_Stream7)? (DMA2->LISR & (__FLAG__)) :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA1_Stream3)? (DMA1->HISR & (__FLAG__)) : (DMA1->LISR & (__FLAG__)))
/**
* @brief Clear the DMA Stream pending flags.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx: Direct mode error flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_FEIFx: FIFO error flag.
* Where x can be 0_4, 1_5, 2_6 or 3_7 to select the DMA Stream flag.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) \
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA2_Stream3)? (DMA2->HIFCR = (__FLAG__)) :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA1_Stream7)? (DMA2->LIFCR = (__FLAG__)) :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA1_Stream3)? (DMA1->HIFCR = (__FLAG__)) : (DMA1->LIFCR = (__FLAG__)))
/**
* @brief Enable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_FE: FIFO error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_DME: Direct mode error interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__INTERRUPT__) != DMA_IT_FE)? \
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= (__INTERRUPT__)) : ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->FCR |= (__INTERRUPT__)))
/**
* @brief Disable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_FE: FIFO error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_DME: Direct mode error interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__INTERRUPT__) != DMA_IT_FE)? \
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~(__INTERRUPT__)) : ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->FCR &= ~(__INTERRUPT__)))
/**
* @brief Check whether the specified DMA Stream interrupt is enabled or disabled.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_FE: FIFO error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_DME: Direct mode error interrupt.
* @retval The state of DMA_IT.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__INTERRUPT__) != DMA_IT_FE)? \
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR & (__INTERRUPT__)) : \
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->FCR & (__INTERRUPT__)))
/**
* @brief Writes the number of data units to be transferred on the DMA Stream.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
* @param __COUNTER__: Number of data units to be transferred (from 0 to 65535)
* Number of data items depends only on the Peripheral data format.
*
* @note If Peripheral data format is Bytes: number of data units is equal
* to total number of bytes to be transferred.
*
* @note If Peripheral data format is Half-Word: number of data units is
* equal to total number of bytes to be transferred / 2.
*
* @note If Peripheral data format is Word: number of data units is equal
* to total number of bytes to be transferred / 4.
*
* @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_SET_COUNTER(__HANDLE__, __COUNTER__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->NDTR = (uint16_t)(__COUNTER__))
/**
* @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer.
* @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
*
* @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMA Stream transfer.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->NDTR)
/* Include DMA HAL Extension module */
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
* @brief DMA Exported functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @{
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 I/O operation functions
* @brief I/O operation functions
* @{
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout);
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
* @{
*/
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private Constants -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Constants DMA Private Constants
* @brief DMA private defines and constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Macros DMA Private Macros
* @brief DMA private macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_DMA_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_0) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_7))
#define IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY ) || \
((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x01U) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000U))
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PINC_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == DMA_PINC_DISABLE))
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MINC_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == DMA_MINC_DISABLE))
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ))
#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_NORMAL ) || \
((MODE) == DMA_CIRCULAR) || \
((MODE) == DMA_PFCTRL))
#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_LOW ) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH))
#define IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE ) || \
((STATE) == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE))
#define IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_1QUARTERFULL ) || \
((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_HALFFULL) || \
((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_3QUARTERSFULL) || \
((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_FULL))
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == DMA_MBURST_SINGLE) || \
((BURST) == DMA_MBURST_INC4) || \
((BURST) == DMA_MBURST_INC8) || \
((BURST) == DMA_MBURST_INC16))
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == DMA_PBURST_SINGLE) || \
((BURST) == DMA_PBURST_INC4) || \
((BURST) == DMA_PBURST_INC8) || \
((BURST) == DMA_PBURST_INC16))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
* @brief DMA private functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of DMA HAL extension module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Types DMAEx Exported Types
* @brief DMAEx Exported types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief HAL DMA Memory definition
*/
typedef enum
{
MEMORY0 = 0x00U, /*!< Memory 0 */
MEMORY1 = 0x01U /*!< Memory 1 */
}HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions DMAEx Exported Functions
* @brief DMAEx Exported functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions *******************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t Address, HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Private_Functions DMAEx Private Functions
* @brief DMAEx Private functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of FLASH HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_FLASH_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_FLASH_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Types FLASH Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief FLASH Procedure structure definition
*/
typedef enum
{
FLASH_PROC_NONE = 0U,
FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE,
FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE,
FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM
} FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH handle Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
__IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef ProcedureOnGoing; /*Internal variable to indicate which procedure is ongoing or not in IT context*/
__IO uint32_t NbSectorsToErase; /*Internal variable to save the remaining sectors to erase in IT context*/
__IO uint8_t VoltageForErase; /*Internal variable to provide voltage range selected by user in IT context*/
__IO uint32_t Sector; /*Internal variable to define the current sector which is erasing*/
__IO uint32_t Bank; /*Internal variable to save current bank selected during mass erase*/
__IO uint32_t Address; /*Internal variable to save address selected for program*/
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* FLASH locking object */
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /* FLASH error code */
}FLASH_ProcessTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants FLASH Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Error_Code FLASH Error Code
* @brief FLASH Error Code
* @{
*/
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< No error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< Read Protection error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< Programming Sequence error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< Programming Parallelism error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< Programming Alignment error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< Write protection error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< Operation Error */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Type_Program FLASH Type Program
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00U) /*!< Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address */
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)0x01U) /*!< Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address */
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD ((uint32_t)0x02U) /*!< Program a word (32-bit) at a specified address */
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD ((uint32_t)0x03U) /*!< Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Flag_definition FLASH Flag definition
* @brief Flag definition
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH_SR_EOP /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_OPERR FLASH_SR_SOP /*!< FLASH operation Error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH_SR_WRPERR /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR FLASH_SR_PGAERR /*!< FLASH Programming Alignment error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR FLASH_SR_PGPERR /*!< FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR FLASH_SR_PGSERR /*!< FLASH Programming Sequence error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_RDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000100U) /*!< Read Protection error flag (PCROP) */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY FLASH_SR_BSY /*!< FLASH Busy flag */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupt_definition FLASH Interrupt definition
* @brief FLASH Interrupt definition
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_IT_EOP FLASH_CR_EOPIE /*!< End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x02000000U) /*!< Error Interrupt source */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Program_Parallelism FLASH Program Parallelism
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000100U)
#define FLASH_PSIZE_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000200U)
#define FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000300U)
#define CR_PSIZE_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFCFFU)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Keys FLASH Keys
* @{
*/
#define RDP_KEY ((uint16_t)0x00A5U)
#define FLASH_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x45670123U)
#define FLASH_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0xCDEF89ABU)
#define FLASH_OPT_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x08192A3BU)
#define FLASH_OPT_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0x4C5D6E7FU)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Macros FLASH Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set the FLASH Latency.
* @param __LATENCY__: FLASH Latency
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(__LATENCY__) (*(__IO uint8_t *)ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)(__LATENCY__))
/**
* @brief Get the FLASH Latency.
* @retval FLASH Latency
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() (READ_BIT((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_LATENCY))
/**
* @brief Enable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE() (FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN)
/**
* @brief Disable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE() (FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN))
/**
* @brief Enable the FLASH instruction cache.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE() (FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICEN)
/**
* @brief Disable the FLASH instruction cache.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE() (FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_ICEN))
/**
* @brief Enable the FLASH data cache.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE() (FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCEN)
/**
* @brief Disable the FLASH data cache.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE() (FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_DCEN))
/**
* @brief Resets the FLASH instruction Cache.
* @note This function must be used only when the Instruction Cache is disabled.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESET() do {FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICRST; \
FLASH->ACR &= ~FLASH_ACR_ICRST; \
}while(0)
/**
* @brief Resets the FLASH data Cache.
* @note This function must be used only when the data Cache is disabled.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET() do {FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCRST; \
FLASH->ACR &= ~FLASH_ACR_DCRST; \
}while(0)
/**
* @brief Enable the specified FLASH interrupt.
* @param __INTERRUPT__ : FLASH interrupt
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
* @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__) (FLASH->CR |= (__INTERRUPT__))
/**
* @brief Disable the specified FLASH interrupt.
* @param __INTERRUPT__ : FLASH interrupt
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
* @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__) (FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)(__INTERRUPT__))
/**
* @brief Get the specified FLASH flag status.
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP : FLASH End of Operation flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR : FLASH operation Error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_RDERR : FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY : FLASH Busy flag
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((FLASH->SR & (__FLAG__))==(__FLAG__))
/**
* @brief Clear the specified FLASH flag.
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP : FLASH End of Operation flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR : FLASH operation Error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_RDERR : FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) (FLASH->SR = (__FLAG__))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include FLASH HAL Extension module */
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.h"
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Program operation functions ***********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
/* FLASH IRQ handler method */
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void);
/* Callbacks in non blocking modes */
void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions **********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void);
/* Option bytes control */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral State functions ************************************************/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief ACR register byte 0 (Bits[7:0]) base address
*/
#define ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C00U)
/**
* @brief OPTCR register byte 0 (Bits[7:0]) base address
*/
#define OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C14U)
/**
* @brief OPTCR register byte 1 (Bits[15:8]) base address
*/
#define OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C15U)
/**
* @brief OPTCR register byte 2 (Bits[23:16]) base address
*/
#define OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C16U)
/**
* @brief OPTCR register byte 3 (Bits[31:24]) base address
*/
#define OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C17U)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_IS_FLASH_Definitions FLASH Private macros to check input parameters
* @{
*/
#define IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(VALUE)(((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE) || \
((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) || \
((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) || \
((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_FLASH_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of FLASH HAL Extension module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Types FLASH Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief FLASH Erase structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t TypeErase; /*!< Mass erase or sector Erase.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Type_Erase */
uint32_t Banks; /*!< Select banks to erase when Mass erase is enabled.
This parameter must be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Banks */
uint32_t Sector; /*!< Initial FLASH sector to erase when Mass erase is disabled
This parameter must be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Sectors */
uint32_t NbSectors; /*!< Number of sectors to be erased.
This parameter must be a value between 1 and (max number of sectors - value of Initial sector)*/
uint32_t VoltageRange;/*!< The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism
This parameter must be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Voltage_Range */
} FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH Option Bytes Program structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t OptionType; /*!< Option byte to be configured.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Type */
uint32_t WRPState; /*!< Write protection activation or deactivation.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_WRP_State */
uint32_t WRPSector; /*!< Specifies the sector(s) to be write protected.
The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series */
uint32_t Banks; /*!< Select banks for WRP activation/deactivation of all sectors.
This parameter must be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Banks */
uint32_t RDPLevel; /*!< Set the read protection level.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection */
uint32_t BORLevel; /*!< Set the BOR Level.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_BOR_Reset_Level */
uint8_t USERConfig; /*!< Program the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. */
} FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH Advanced Option Bytes Program structure definition
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) ||\
defined(STM32F479xx)
typedef struct
{
uint32_t OptionType; /*!< Option byte to be configured for extension.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Advanced_Option_Type */
uint32_t PCROPState; /*!< PCROP activation or deactivation.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_PCROP_State */
#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
uint16_t Sectors; /*!< specifies the sector(s) set for PCROP.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection */
#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
uint32_t Banks; /*!< Select banks for PCROP activation/deactivation of all sectors.
This parameter must be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Banks */
uint16_t SectorsBank1; /*!< Specifies the sector(s) set for PCROP for Bank1.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection */
uint16_t SectorsBank2; /*!< Specifies the sector(s) set for PCROP for Bank2.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection */
uint8_t BootConfig; /*!< Specifies Option bytes for boot config.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Dual_Boot */
#endif /*STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
}FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef;
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Constants FLASH Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Type_Erase FLASH Type Erase
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_TYPEERASE_SECTORS ((uint32_t)0x00U) /*!< Sectors erase only */
#define FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE ((uint32_t)0x01U) /*!< Flash Mass erase activation */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Voltage_Range FLASH Voltage Range
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1 ((uint32_t)0x00U) /*!< Device operating range: 1.8V to 2.1V */
#define FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2 ((uint32_t)0x01U) /*!< Device operating range: 2.1V to 2.7V */
#define FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3 ((uint32_t)0x02U) /*!< Device operating range: 2.7V to 3.6V */
#define FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4 ((uint32_t)0x03U) /*!< Device operating range: 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_WRP_State FLASH WRP State
* @{
*/
#define OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00U) /*!< Disable the write protection of the desired bank 1 sectors */
#define OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE ((uint32_t)0x01U) /*!< Enable the write protection of the desired bank 1 sectors */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Type FLASH Option Type
* @{
*/
#define OPTIONBYTE_WRP ((uint32_t)0x01U) /*!< WRP option byte configuration */
#define OPTIONBYTE_RDP ((uint32_t)0x02U) /*!< RDP option byte configuration */
#define OPTIONBYTE_USER ((uint32_t)0x04U) /*!< USER option byte configuration */
#define OPTIONBYTE_BOR ((uint32_t)0x08U) /*!< BOR option byte configuration */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection FLASH Option Bytes Read Protection
* @{
*/
#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 ((uint8_t)0xAAU)
#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 ((uint8_t)0x55U)
#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 ((uint8_t)0xCCU) /*!< Warning: When enabling read protection level 2
it s no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_IWatchdog FLASH Option Bytes IWatchdog
* @{
*/
#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint8_t)0x20U) /*!< Software IWDG selected */
#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Hardware IWDG selected */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP FLASH Option Bytes nRST_STOP
* @{
*/
#define OB_STOP_NO_RST ((uint8_t)0x40U) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */
#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY FLASH Option Bytes nRST_STDBY
* @{
*/
#define OB_STDBY_NO_RST ((uint8_t)0x80U) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_BOR_Reset_Level FLASH BOR Reset Level
* @{
*/
#define OB_BOR_LEVEL3 ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.70 to 3.60 V */
#define OB_BOR_LEVEL2 ((uint8_t)0x04U) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.40 to 2.70 V */
#define OB_BOR_LEVEL1 ((uint8_t)0x08U) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.10 to 2.40 V */
#define OB_BOR_OFF ((uint8_t)0x0CU) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.10 V */
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) ||\
defined(STM32F479xx)
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_PCROP_State FLASH PCROP State
* @{
*/
#define OB_PCROP_STATE_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00U) /*!< Disable PCROP */
#define OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE ((uint32_t)0x01U) /*!< Enable PCROP */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE ||\
STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Advanced_Option_Type FLASH Advanced Option Type
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define OPTIONBYTE_PCROP ((uint32_t)0x01U) /*!< PCROP option byte configuration */
#define OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG ((uint32_t)0x02U) /*!< BOOTConfig option byte configuration */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define OPTIONBYTE_PCROP ((uint32_t)0x01U) /*!<PCROP option byte configuration */
#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Latency FLASH Latency
* @{
*/
/*------------------------- STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx ----------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define FLASH_LATENCY_0 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_0WS /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_1 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_1WS /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_2 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_2WS /*!< FLASH Two Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_3 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_3WS /*!< FLASH Three Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_4 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_4WS /*!< FLASH Four Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_5 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_5WS /*!< FLASH Five Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_6 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_6WS /*!< FLASH Six Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_7 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_7WS /*!< FLASH Seven Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_8 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_8WS /*!< FLASH Eight Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_9 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_9WS /*!< FLASH Nine Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_10 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_10WS /*!< FLASH Ten Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_11 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_11WS /*!< FLASH Eleven Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_12 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_12WS /*!< FLASH Twelve Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_13 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_13WS /*!< FLASH Thirteen Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_14 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_14WS /*!< FLASH Fourteen Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_15 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_15WS /*!< FLASH Fifteen Latency cycles */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*-------------------------- STM32F40xxx/STM32F41xxx/STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx -----------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE)
#define FLASH_LATENCY_0 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_0WS /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_1 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_1WS /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_2 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_2WS /*!< FLASH Two Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_3 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_3WS /*!< FLASH Three Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_4 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_4WS /*!< FLASH Four Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_5 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_5WS /*!< FLASH Five Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_6 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_6WS /*!< FLASH Six Latency cycles */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_7 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_7WS /*!< FLASH Seven Latency cycles */
#endif /* STM32F40xxx || STM32F41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE */
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Banks FLASH Banks
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define FLASH_BANK_1 ((uint32_t)1U) /*!< Bank 1 */
#define FLASH_BANK_2 ((uint32_t)2U) /*!< Bank 2 */
#define FLASH_BANK_BOTH ((uint32_t)FLASH_BANK_1 | FLASH_BANK_2) /*!< Bank1 and Bank2 */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define FLASH_BANK_1 ((uint32_t)1U) /*!< Bank 1 */
#endif /* STM32F40xxx || STM32F41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_MassErase_bit FLASH Mass Erase bit
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define FLASH_MER_BIT (FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2) /*!< 2 MER bits here to clear */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define FLASH_MER_BIT (FLASH_CR_MER) /*!< only 1 MER Bit */
#endif /* STM32F40xxx || STM32F41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Sectors FLASH Sectors
* @{
*/
/*-------------------------------------- STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F469xx ------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define FLASH_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0U) /*!< Sector Number 0 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)1U) /*!< Sector Number 1 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)2U) /*!< Sector Number 2 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)3U) /*!< Sector Number 3 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)4U) /*!< Sector Number 4 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)5U) /*!< Sector Number 5 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_6 ((uint32_t)6U) /*!< Sector Number 6 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_7 ((uint32_t)7U) /*!< Sector Number 7 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_8 ((uint32_t)8U) /*!< Sector Number 8 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_9 ((uint32_t)9U) /*!< Sector Number 9 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_10 ((uint32_t)10U) /*!< Sector Number 10 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_11 ((uint32_t)11U) /*!< Sector Number 11 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_12 ((uint32_t)12U) /*!< Sector Number 12 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_13 ((uint32_t)13U) /*!< Sector Number 13 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_14 ((uint32_t)14U) /*!< Sector Number 14 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_15 ((uint32_t)15U) /*!< Sector Number 15 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_16 ((uint32_t)16U) /*!< Sector Number 16 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_17 ((uint32_t)17U) /*!< Sector Number 17 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_18 ((uint32_t)18U) /*!< Sector Number 18 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_19 ((uint32_t)19U) /*!< Sector Number 19 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_20 ((uint32_t)20U) /*!< Sector Number 20 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_21 ((uint32_t)21U) /*!< Sector Number 21 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_22 ((uint32_t)22U) /*!< Sector Number 22 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_23 ((uint32_t)23U) /*!< Sector Number 23 */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--------------------------------------- STM32F40xxx/STM32F41xxx -------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
#define FLASH_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0U) /*!< Sector Number 0 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)1U) /*!< Sector Number 1 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)2U) /*!< Sector Number 2 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)3U) /*!< Sector Number 3 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)4U) /*!< Sector Number 4 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)5U) /*!< Sector Number 5 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_6 ((uint32_t)6U) /*!< Sector Number 6 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_7 ((uint32_t)7U) /*!< Sector Number 7 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_8 ((uint32_t)8U) /*!< Sector Number 8 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_9 ((uint32_t)9U) /*!< Sector Number 9 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_10 ((uint32_t)10U) /*!< Sector Number 10 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_11 ((uint32_t)11U) /*!< Sector Number 11 */
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--------------------------------------------- STM32F401xC -------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F401xC)
#define FLASH_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0U) /*!< Sector Number 0 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)1U) /*!< Sector Number 1 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)2U) /*!< Sector Number 2 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)3U) /*!< Sector Number 3 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)4U) /*!< Sector Number 4 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)5U) /*!< Sector Number 5 */
#endif /* STM32F401xC */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--------------------------------------------- STM32F410xx -------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
#define FLASH_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0U) /*!< Sector Number 0 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)1U) /*!< Sector Number 1 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)2U) /*!< Sector Number 2 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)3U) /*!< Sector Number 3 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)4U) /*!< Sector Number 4 */
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*---------------------------------- STM32F401xE/STM32F411xE/STM32F446xx ------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define FLASH_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0U) /*!< Sector Number 0 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)1U) /*!< Sector Number 1 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)2U) /*!< Sector Number 2 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)3U) /*!< Sector Number 3 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)4U) /*!< Sector Number 4 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)5U) /*!< Sector Number 5 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_6 ((uint32_t)6U) /*!< Sector Number 6 */
#define FLASH_SECTOR_7 ((uint32_t)7U) /*!< Sector Number 7 */
#endif /* STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection FLASH Option Bytes Write Protection
* @{
*/
/*--------------------------- STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx -------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< Write protection of Sector0 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< Write protection of Sector1 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< Write protection of Sector2 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< Write protection of Sector3 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< Write protection of Sector4 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< Write protection of Sector5 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040U) /*!< Write protection of Sector6 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080U) /*!< Write protection of Sector7 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100U) /*!< Write protection of Sector8 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200U) /*!< Write protection of Sector9 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400U) /*!< Write protection of Sector10 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800U) /*!< Write protection of Sector11 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector12 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_13 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector13 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_14 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector14 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector15 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector16 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_17 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector17 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_18 ((uint32_t)0x00000040U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector18 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_19 ((uint32_t)0x00000080U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector19 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_20 ((uint32_t)0x00000100U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector20 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_21 ((uint32_t)0x00000200U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector21 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_22 ((uint32_t)0x00000400U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector22 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800U << 12) /*!< Write protection of Sector23 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU << 12) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--------------------------------------- STM32F40xxx/STM32F41xxx -------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< Write protection of Sector0 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< Write protection of Sector1 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< Write protection of Sector2 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< Write protection of Sector3 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< Write protection of Sector4 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< Write protection of Sector5 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040U) /*!< Write protection of Sector6 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080U) /*!< Write protection of Sector7 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100U) /*!< Write protection of Sector8 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200U) /*!< Write protection of Sector9 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400U) /*!< Write protection of Sector10 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800U) /*!< Write protection of Sector11 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--------------------------------------------- STM32F401xC -------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F401xC)
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< Write protection of Sector0 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< Write protection of Sector1 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< Write protection of Sector2 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< Write protection of Sector3 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< Write protection of Sector4 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< Write protection of Sector5 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
#endif /* STM32F401xC */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--------------------------------------------- STM32F410xx -------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< Write protection of Sector0 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< Write protection of Sector1 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< Write protection of Sector2 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< Write protection of Sector3 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< Write protection of Sector4 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*---------------------------------- STM32F401xE/STM32F411xE/STM32F446xx ------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< Write protection of Sector0 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< Write protection of Sector1 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< Write protection of Sector2 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< Write protection of Sector3 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< Write protection of Sector4 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< Write protection of Sector5 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040U) /*!< Write protection of Sector6 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080U) /*!< Write protection of Sector7 */
#define OB_WRP_SECTOR_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
#endif /* STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection FLASH Option Bytes PC ReadWrite Protection
* @{
*/
/*-------------------------------- STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx ---------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector0 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector1 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector2 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector3 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector4 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector5 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector6 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector7 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector8 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector9 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector10 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector11 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector12 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_13 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector13 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_14 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector14 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector15 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector16 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_17 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector17 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_18 ((uint32_t)0x00000040U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector18 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_19 ((uint32_t)0x00000080U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector19 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_20 ((uint32_t)0x00000100U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector20 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_21 ((uint32_t)0x00000200U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector21 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_22 ((uint32_t)0x00000400U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector22 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector23 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of all Sectors */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--------------------------------------------- STM32F401xC -------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F401xC)
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector0 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector1 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector2 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector3 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector4 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector5 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of all Sectors */
#endif /* STM32F401xC */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--------------------------------------------- STM32F410xx -------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector0 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector1 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector2 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector3 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector4 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of all Sectors */
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*------------------ STM32F401xE/STM32F411xE/STM32F446xx ----------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector0 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector1 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector2 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector3 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector4 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector5 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector6 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080U) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector7 */
#define OB_PCROP_SECTOR_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of all Sectors */
#endif /* STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Dual_Boot FLASH Dual Boot
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define OB_DUAL_BOOT_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x10U) /*!< Dual Bank Boot Enable */
#define OB_DUAL_BOOT_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Dual Bank Boot Disable, always boot on User Flash */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Selection_Protection_Mode FLASH Selection Protection Mode
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) ||\
defined(STM32F479xx)
#define OB_PCROP_DESELECTED ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Disabled PcROP, nWPRi bits used for Write Protection on sector i */
#define OB_PCROP_SELECTED ((uint8_t)0x80U) /*!< Enable PcROP, nWPRi bits used for PCRoP Protection on sector i */
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE ||\
STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Extension Program operation functions *************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *SectorError);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) ||\
defined(STM32F479xx)
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram (FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit);
void HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig(FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP(void);
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE ||\
STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
uint16_t HAL_FLASHEx_OB_GetBank2WRP(void);
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
* @{
*/
/*--------------------------------- STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx---------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL 24U
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/*--------------------------------------- STM32F40xxx/STM32F41xxx -------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
#define FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL 12U
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
/*--------------------------------------------- STM32F401xC -------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F401xC)
#define FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL 6U
#endif /* STM32F401xC */
/*--------------------------------------------- STM32F410xx -------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
#define FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL 5U
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx */
/*-------------------------------------- STM32F401xE/STM32F411xE/STM32F446xx --------------------------*/
#if defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL 8U
#endif /* STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
/**
* @brief OPTCR1 register byte 2 (Bits[23:16]) base address
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C1AU)
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_IS_FLASH_Definitions FLASH Private macros to check input parameters
* @{
*/
#define IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(VALUE)(((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEERASE_SECTORS) || \
((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE))
#define IS_VOLTAGERANGE(RANGE)(((RANGE) == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1) || \
((RANGE) == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2) || \
((RANGE) == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3) || \
((RANGE) == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4))
#define IS_WRPSTATE(VALUE)(((VALUE) == OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE) || \
((VALUE) == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE))
#define IS_OPTIONBYTE(VALUE)(((VALUE) <= (OPTIONBYTE_WRP|OPTIONBYTE_RDP|OPTIONBYTE_USER|OPTIONBYTE_BOR)))
#define IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_0) ||\
((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_1) ||\
((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_2))
#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW))
#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NO_RST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST))
#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NO_RST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST))
#define IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL1) || ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL2) ||\
((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL3) || ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_OFF))
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) ||\
defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_PCROPSTATE(VALUE)(((VALUE) == OB_PCROP_STATE_DISABLE) || \
((VALUE) == OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE ||\
STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_OBEX(VALUE)(((VALUE) == OPTIONBYTE_PCROP) || \
((VALUE) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define IS_OBEX(VALUE)(((VALUE) == OPTIONBYTE_PCROP))
#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_0) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_1) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_2) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_3) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_4) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_5) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_6) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_7) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_8) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_9) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_10) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_11) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_12) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_13) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_14) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_15))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE)
#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_0) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_1) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_2) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_3) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_4) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_5) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_6) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_LATENCY_7))
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_FLASH_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FLASH_BANK_1) || \
((BANK) == FLASH_BANK_2) || \
((BANK) == FLASH_BANK_BOTH))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define IS_FLASH_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FLASH_BANK_1))
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_FLASH_SECTOR(SECTOR) ( ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_0) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_1) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_2) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_3) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_4) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_5) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_6) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_7) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_8) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_9) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_10) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_11) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_12) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_13) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_14) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_15) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_16) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_17) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_18) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_19) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_20) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_21) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_22) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_23))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
#define IS_FLASH_SECTOR(SECTOR) (((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_0) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_1) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_2) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_3) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_4) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_5) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_6) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_7) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_8) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_9) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_10) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_11))
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F401xC)
#define IS_FLASH_SECTOR(SECTOR) (((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_0) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_1) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_2) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_3) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_4) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_5))
#endif /* STM32F401xC */
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
#define IS_FLASH_SECTOR(SECTOR) (((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_0) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_1) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_2) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_3) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_4))
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx */
#if defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define IS_FLASH_SECTOR(SECTOR) (((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_0) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_1) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_2) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_3) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_4) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_5) ||\
((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_6) || ((SECTOR) == FLASH_SECTOR_7))
#endif /* STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_BASE) && ((ADDRESS) <= FLASH_END))
#define IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS(NBSECTORS) (((NBSECTORS) != 0) && ((NBSECTORS) <= FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL))
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFF000000U) == 0x00000000U) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000U))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
#define IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000U) == 0x00000000U) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000U))
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F401xC)
#define IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000U) == 0x00000000U) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000U))
#endif /* STM32F401xC */
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
#define IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000U) == 0x00000000U) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000U))
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx */
#if defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000U) == 0x00000000U) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000U))
#endif /* STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_OB_PCROP(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000U) == 0x00000000U) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000U))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F401xC)
#define IS_OB_PCROP(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000U) == 0x00000000U) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000U))
#endif /* STM32F401xC */
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
#define IS_OB_PCROP(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000U) == 0x00000000U) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000U))
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx */
#if defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
#define IS_OB_PCROP(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000U) == 0x00000000U) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000U))
#endif /* STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_OB_BOOT(BOOT) (((BOOT) == OB_DUAL_BOOT_ENABLE) || ((BOOT) == OB_DUAL_BOOT_DISABLE))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) ||\
defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_OB_PCROP_SELECT(PCROP) (((PCROP) == OB_PCROP_SELECTED) || ((PCROP) == OB_PCROP_DESELECTED))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE ||\
STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
* @{
*/
void FLASH_Erase_Sector(uint32_t Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange);
void FLASH_FlushCaches(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of FLASH RAMFUNC driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H
#define __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk(void);
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk(void);
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode(void);
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of GPIO HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_GPIO_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_GPIO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Types GPIO Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief GPIO Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_mode_define */
uint32_t Pull; /*!< Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-Down activation for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_pull_define */
uint32_t Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_speed_define */
uint32_t Alternate; /*!< Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_Alternate_function_selection */
}GPIO_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief GPIO Bit SET and Bit RESET enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
GPIO_PIN_RESET = 0,
GPIO_PIN_SET
}GPIO_PinState;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants GPIO Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define GPIO pins define
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_PIN_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001U) /* Pin 0 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002U) /* Pin 1 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004U) /* Pin 2 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008U) /* Pin 3 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010U) /* Pin 4 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020U) /* Pin 5 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040U) /* Pin 6 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080U) /* Pin 7 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100U) /* Pin 8 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200U) /* Pin 9 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400U) /* Pin 10 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800U) /* Pin 11 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000U) /* Pin 12 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000U) /* Pin 13 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000U) /* Pin 14 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000U) /* Pin 15 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFFU) /* All pins selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFFU) /* PIN mask for assert test */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_mode_define GPIO mode define
* @brief GPIO Configuration Mode
* Elements values convention: 0xX0yz00YZ
* - X : GPIO mode or EXTI Mode
* - y : External IT or Event trigger detection
* - z : IO configuration on External IT or Event
* - Y : Output type (Push Pull or Open Drain)
* - Z : IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog)
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_MODE_INPUT ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< Input Floating Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< Output Push Pull Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD ((uint32_t)0x00000011U) /*!< Output Open Drain Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_AF_PP ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< Alternate Function Push Pull Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_AF_OD ((uint32_t)0x00000012U) /*!< Alternate Function Open Drain Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_ANALOG ((uint32_t)0x00000003U) /*!< Analog Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING ((uint32_t)0x10110000U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x10210000U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x10310000U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING ((uint32_t)0x10120000U) /*!< External Event Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x10220000U) /*!< External Event Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x10320000U) /*!< External Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_speed_define GPIO speed define
* @brief GPIO Output Maximum frequency
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< IO works at 2 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< range 12,5 MHz to 50 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< range 25 MHz to 100 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH ((uint32_t)0x00000003U) /*!< range 50 MHz to 200 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_pull_define GPIO pull define
* @brief GPIO Pull-Up or Pull-Down Activation
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_NOPULL ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< No Pull-up or Pull-down activation */
#define GPIO_PULLUP ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< Pull-up activation */
#define GPIO_PULLDOWN ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< Pull-down activation */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Macros GPIO Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line flag to check.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
* @retval The new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR & (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15)
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR = (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line to check.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
* @retval The new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR & (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI lines to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15)
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR = (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line to check.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->SWIER |= (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include GPIO HAL Extension module */
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_gpio_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init);
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState);
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Macros GPIO Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == GPIO_PIN_RESET) || ((ACTION) == GPIO_PIN_SET))
#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) & GPIO_PIN_MASK ) != (uint32_t)0x00U)
#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) || \
((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH))
#define IS_GPIO_PULL(PULL) (((PULL) == GPIO_NOPULL) || ((PULL) == GPIO_PULLUP) || \
((PULL) == GPIO_PULLDOWN))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions GPIO Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_GPIO_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of PWR HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Types PWR Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief PWR PVD configuration structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t PVDLevel; /*!< PVDLevel: Specifies the PVD detection level.
This parameter can be a value of @ref PWR_PVD_detection_level */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Mode: Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref PWR_PVD_Mode */
}PWR_PVDTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants PWR Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_WakeUp_Pins PWR WakeUp Pins
* @{
*/
#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 ((uint32_t)0x00000100U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_detection_level PWR PVD detection level
* @{
*/
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_0 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_1 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_2 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_3 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_4 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_5 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_6 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_7 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7/* External input analog voltage
(Compare internally to VREFINT) */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode PWR PVD Mode
* @{
*/
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< basic mode is used */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING ((uint32_t)0x00010001U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x00010002U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x00010003U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING ((uint32_t)0x00020001U) /*!< Event Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x00020002U) /*!< Event Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x00020003U) /*!< Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_in_STOP_mode PWR Regulator state in SLEEP/STOP mode
* @{
*/
#define PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON PWR_CR_LPDS
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_SLEEP_mode_entry PWR SLEEP mode entry
* @{
*/
#define PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_STOP_mode_entry PWR STOP mode entry
* @{
*/
#define PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Flag PWR Flag
* @{
*/
#define PWR_FLAG_WU PWR_CSR_WUF
#define PWR_FLAG_SB PWR_CSR_SBF
#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO PWR_CSR_PVDO
#define PWR_FLAG_BRR PWR_CSR_BRR
#define PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY PWR_CSR_VOSRDY
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Macro PWR Exported Macro
* @{
*/
/** @brief Check PWR flag is set or not.
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event
* was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A
* or Alarm B), RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup.
* An additional wakeup event is detected if the WKUP pin is enabled
* (by setting the EWUP bit) when the WKUP pin level is already high.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was
* resumed from StandBy mode.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled
* by the HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() function. The PVD is stopped by Standby mode
* For this reason, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset
* until the PVDE bit is set.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_BRR: Backup regulator ready flag. This bit is not reset
* when the device wakes up from Standby mode or by a system reset
* or power reset.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY: This flag indicates that the Regulator voltage
* scaling output selection is ready.
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((PWR->CSR & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
/** @brief Clear the PWR's pending flags.
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
* @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) (PWR->CR |= (__FLAG__) << 2U)
/**
* @brief Enable the PVD Exti Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() (EXTI->IMR |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD EXTI Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT() (EXTI->IMR &= ~(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Enable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT() (EXTI->EMR |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Disable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT() (EXTI->EMR &= ~(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Enable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising Trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE() SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising Trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE() CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief Enable the PVD Extended Interrupt Falling Trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE() SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Falling Trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE() CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief PVD EXTI line configuration: set rising & falling edge trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE() do{__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();\
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();\
}while(0)
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising & Falling Trigger.
* This parameter can be:
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE() do{__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();\
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();\
}while(0)
/**
* @brief checks whether the specified PVD Exti interrupt flag is set or not.
* @retval EXTI PVD Line Status.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() (EXTI->PR & (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Clear the PVD Exti flag.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG() (EXTI->PR = (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Generates a Software interrupt on PVD EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT() (EXTI->SWIER |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include PWR HAL Extension module */
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void);
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions **********************************************/
/* PVD configuration */
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD);
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void);
/* WakeUp pins configuration */
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx);
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx);
/* Low Power modes entry */
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry);
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry);
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void);
/* Power PVD IRQ Handler */
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void);
void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void);
/* Cortex System Control functions *******************************************/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void);
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_EXTI_Line PWR PVD EXTI Line
* @{
*/
#define PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD ((uint32_t)EXTI_IMR_MR16) /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD EXTI Line */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_register_alias_address PWR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/
#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
#define PWR_CR_OFFSET 0x00U
#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET 0x04U
#define PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CR_OFFSET)
#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CSR_OFFSET)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_CR_register_alias PWR CR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* --- CR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of DBP bit */
#define DBP_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_DBP)
#define CR_DBP_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (DBP_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */
#define PVDE_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_PVDE)
#define CR_PVDE_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (PVDE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of PMODE bit */
#define PMODE_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_PMODE)
#define CR_PMODE_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (PMODE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_CSR_register_alias PWR CSR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* --- CSR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */
#define EWUP_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CSR_EWUP)
#define CSR_EWUP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (EWUP_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Macros PWR Private Macros
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_IS_PWR_Definitions PWR Private macros to check input parameters
* @{
*/
#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_1)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_3)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_5)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_7))
#define IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING)|| ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING) || \
((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING) || ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING) || \
((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING) || ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING) || \
((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL))
#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON) || \
((REGULATOR) == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON))
#define IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE))
#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of PWR HAL Extension module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Constants PWREx Exported Constants
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/** @defgroup PWREx_Regulator_state_in_UnderDrive_mode PWREx Regulator state in UnderDrive mode
* @{
*/
#define PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON PWR_CR_MRUDS
#define PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON ((uint32_t)(PWR_CR_LPDS | PWR_CR_LPUDS))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Over_Under_Drive_Flag PWREx Over Under Drive Flag
* @{
*/
#define PWR_FLAG_ODRDY PWR_CSR_ODRDY
#define PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY PWR_CSR_ODSWRDY
#define PWR_FLAG_UDRDY PWR_CSR_UDSWRDY
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/** @defgroup PWREx_Regulator_Voltage_Scale PWREx Regulator Voltage Scale
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 PWR_CR_VOS /* Scale 1 mode(default value at reset): the maximum value of fHCLK = 168 MHz. */
#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /* Scale 2 mode: the maximum value of fHCLK = 144 MHz. */
#else
#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 PWR_CR_VOS /* Scale 1 mode(default value at reset): the maximum value of fHCLK is 168 MHz. It can be extended to
180 MHz by activating the over-drive mode. */
#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 PWR_CR_VOS_1 /* Scale 2 mode: the maximum value of fHCLK is 144 MHz. It can be extended to
168 MHz by activating the over-drive mode. */
#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3 PWR_CR_VOS_0 /* Scale 3 mode: the maximum value of fHCLK is 120 MHz. */
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F417xx */
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F446xx)
/** @defgroup PWREx_WakeUp_Pins PWREx WakeUp Pins
* @{
*/
#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080U)
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 ((uint32_t)0x00000040U)
#endif /* STM32F410xx */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F446xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Constants PWREx Exported Constants
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
/** @brief macros configure the main internal regulator output voltage.
* @param __REGULATOR__: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption when the device does
* not operate at the maximum frequency (refer to the datasheets for more details).
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(__REGULATOR__) do { \
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_VOS, (__REGULATOR__)); \
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */ \
tmpreg = READ_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_VOS); \
UNUSED(tmpreg); \
} while(0)
#else
/** @brief macros configure the main internal regulator output voltage.
* @param __REGULATOR__: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption when the device does
* not operate at the maximum frequency (refer to the datasheets for more details).
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(__REGULATOR__) do { \
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_VOS, (__REGULATOR__)); \
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */ \
tmpreg = READ_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_VOS); \
UNUSED(tmpreg); \
} while(0)
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/** @brief Macros to enable or disable the Over drive mode.
* @note These macros can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM3243xx devices.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE() (*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODEN_BB = ENABLE)
#define __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE() (*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODEN_BB = DISABLE)
/** @brief Macros to enable or disable the Over drive switching.
* @note These macros can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM3243xx devices.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE() (*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODSWEN_BB = ENABLE)
#define __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE() (*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODSWEN_BB = DISABLE)
/** @brief Macros to enable or disable the Under drive mode.
* @note This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode.
* In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This
* mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator
* is in low voltage mode.
* @note If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after
* exiting Stop mode.
* When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional
* startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE() (PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_UDEN)
#define __HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_DISABLE() (PWR->CR &= (uint32_t)(~PWR_CR_UDEN))
/** @brief Check PWR flag is set or not.
* @note These macros can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM3243xx devices.
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_FLAG_ODRDY: This flag indicates that the Over-drive mode
* is ready
* @arg PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY: This flag indicates that the Over-drive mode
* switching is ready
* @arg PWR_FLAG_UDRDY: This flag indicates that the Under-drive mode
* is enabled in Stop mode
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_GET_ODRUDR_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((PWR->CSR & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
/** @brief Clear the Under-Drive Ready flag.
* @note These macros can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM3243xx devices.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG() (PWR->CSR |= PWR_FLAG_UDRDY)
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown(void);
void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg(void);
uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling);
#if defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
void HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityRisingEdge(void);
void HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityFallingEdge(void);
#endif /* STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F401xC) ||\
defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE)
void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void);
void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void);
void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void);
void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void);
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry);
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Private_Constants PWREx Private Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_register_alias_address PWREx Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/
/* --- CR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of FPDS bit */
#define FPDS_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_FPDS)
#define CR_FPDS_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (FPDS_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of ODEN bit */
#define ODEN_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_ODEN)
#define CR_ODEN_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (ODEN_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of ODSWEN bit */
#define ODSWEN_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_ODSWEN)
#define CR_ODSWEN_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (ODSWEN_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of MRLVDS bit */
#define MRLVDS_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_MRLVDS)
#define CR_MRLVDS_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (MRLVDS_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of LPLVDS bit */
#define LPLVDS_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_LPLVDS)
#define CR_LPLVDS_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (LPLVDS_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_CSR_register_alias PWRx CSR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* --- CSR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of BRE bit */
#define BRE_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CSR_BRE)
#define CSR_BRE_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (BRE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
#if defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Alias word address of WUPP bit */
#define WUPP_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CSR_WUPP)
#define CSR_WUPP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (WUPP_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
#endif /* STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Private_Macros PWREx Private Macros
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_IS_PWR_Definitions PWREx Private macros to check input parameters
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON) || \
((REGULATOR) == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
#define IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VOLTAGE) (((VOLTAGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) || \
((VOLTAGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2))
#else
#define IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VOLTAGE) (((VOLTAGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) || \
((VOLTAGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2) || \
((VOLTAGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3))
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F446xx)
#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1) || ((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2))
#elif defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1) || ((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2) || \
((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3))
#else
#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) ((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1)
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of RTC HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_RTC_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_RTC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Types RTC Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief HAL State structures definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< RTC not yet initialized or disabled */
HAL_RTC_STATE_READY = 0x01U, /*!< RTC initialized and ready for use */
HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY = 0x02U, /*!< RTC process is ongoing */
HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03U, /*!< RTC timeout state */
HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR = 0x04U /*!< RTC error state */
}HAL_RTCStateTypeDef;
/**
* @brief RTC Configuration Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t HourFormat; /*!< Specifies the RTC Hour Format.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Hour_Formats */
uint32_t AsynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x7F */
uint32_t SynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x7FFFU */
uint32_t OutPut; /*!< Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Output_selection_Definitions */
uint32_t OutPutPolarity; /*!< Specifies the polarity of the output signal.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions */
uint32_t OutPutType; /*!< Specifies the RTC Output Pin mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT */
}RTC_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief RTC Time structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Hours; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Hour.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 12 if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 23 if the RTC_HourFormat_24 is selected */
uint8_t Minutes; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Minutes.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 59 */
uint8_t Seconds; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Seconds.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 59 */
uint8_t TimeFormat; /*!< Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AM_PM_Definitions */
uint32_t SubSeconds; /*!< Specifies the RTC_SSR RTC Sub Second register content.
This parameter corresponds to a time unit range between [0-1] Second
with [1 Sec / SecondFraction +1] granularity */
uint32_t SecondFraction; /*!< Specifies the range or granularity of Sub Second register content
corresponding to Synchronous pre-scaler factor value (PREDIV_S)
This parameter corresponds to a time unit range between [0-1] Second
with [1 Sec / SecondFraction +1] granularity.
This field will be used only by HAL_RTC_GetTime function */
uint32_t DayLightSaving; /*!< Specifies DayLight Save Operation.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions */
uint32_t StoreOperation; /*!< Specifies RTC_StoreOperation value to be written in the BCK bit
in CR register to store the operation.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_StoreOperation_Definitions */
}RTC_TimeTypeDef;
/**
* @brief RTC Date structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t WeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */
uint8_t Month; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Month (in BCD format).
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Month_Date_Definitions */
uint8_t Date; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 31 */
uint8_t Year; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Year.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 99 */
}RTC_DateTypeDef;
/**
* @brief RTC Alarm structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
RTC_TimeTypeDef AlarmTime; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members */
uint32_t AlarmMask; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions */
uint32_t AlarmSubSecondMask; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm SubSeconds Masks.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Masks_Definitions */
uint32_t AlarmDateWeekDaySel; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay.
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions */
uint8_t AlarmDateWeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay.
If the Alarm Date is selected, this parameter must be set to a value in the 1-31 range.
If the Alarm WeekDay is selected, this parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */
uint32_t Alarm; /*!< Specifies the alarm .
This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Alarms_Definitions */
}RTC_AlarmTypeDef;
/**
* @brief RTC Handle Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
RTC_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
RTC_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< RTC required parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< RTC locking object */
__IO HAL_RTCStateTypeDef State; /*!< Time communication state */
}RTC_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Constants RTC Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Hour_Formats RTC Hour Formats
* @{
*/
#define RTC_HOURFORMAT_24 ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define RTC_HOURFORMAT_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Output_selection_Definitions RTC Output Selection Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define RTC_OUTPUT_ALARMA ((uint32_t)0x00200000U)
#define RTC_OUTPUT_ALARMB ((uint32_t)0x00400000U)
#define RTC_OUTPUT_WAKEUP ((uint32_t)0x00600000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions RTC Output Polarity Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_LOW ((uint32_t)0x00100000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT RTC Output Type ALARM OUT
* @{
*/
#define RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_PUSHPULL ((uint32_t)0x00040000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_AM_PM_Definitions RTC AM PM Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_HOURFORMAT12_AM ((uint8_t)0x00U)
#define RTC_HOURFORMAT12_PM ((uint8_t)0x40U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions RTC DayLight Saving Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_SUB1H ((uint32_t)0x00020000U)
#define RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_ADD1H ((uint32_t)0x00010000U)
#define RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_StoreOperation_Definitions RTC Store Operation Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_STOREOPERATION_RESET ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define RTC_STOREOPERATION_SET ((uint32_t)0x00040000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Input_parameter_format_definitions RTC Input Parameter Format Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_FORMAT_BIN ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define RTC_FORMAT_BCD ((uint32_t)0x00000001U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Month_Date_Definitions RTC Month Date Definitions
* @{
*/
/* Coded in BCD format */
#define RTC_MONTH_JANUARY ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY ((uint8_t)0x02U)
#define RTC_MONTH_MARCH ((uint8_t)0x03U)
#define RTC_MONTH_APRIL ((uint8_t)0x04U)
#define RTC_MONTH_MAY ((uint8_t)0x05U)
#define RTC_MONTH_JUNE ((uint8_t)0x06U)
#define RTC_MONTH_JULY ((uint8_t)0x07U)
#define RTC_MONTH_AUGUST ((uint8_t)0x08U)
#define RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER ((uint8_t)0x09U)
#define RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER ((uint8_t)0x10U)
#define RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER ((uint8_t)0x11U)
#define RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER ((uint8_t)0x12U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_WeekDay_Definitions RTC WeekDay Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY ((uint8_t)0x02U)
#define RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY ((uint8_t)0x03U)
#define RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY ((uint8_t)0x04U)
#define RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY ((uint8_t)0x05U)
#define RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY ((uint8_t)0x06U)
#define RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY ((uint8_t)0x07U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions RTC Alarm Date WeekDay Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY ((uint32_t)0x40000000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions RTC Alarm Mask Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_ALARMMASK_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define RTC_ALARMMASK_DATEWEEKDAY RTC_ALRMAR_MSK4
#define RTC_ALARMMASK_HOURS RTC_ALRMAR_MSK3
#define RTC_ALARMMASK_MINUTES RTC_ALRMAR_MSK2
#define RTC_ALARMMASK_SECONDS RTC_ALRMAR_MSK1
#define RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL ((uint32_t)0x80808080U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Alarms_Definitions RTC Alarms Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_ALARM_A RTC_CR_ALRAE
#define RTC_ALARM_B RTC_CR_ALRBE
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Masks_Definitions RTC Alarm Sub Seconds Masks Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_ALL ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< All Alarm SS fields are masked.
There is no comparison on sub seconds
for Alarm */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000U) /*!< SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[0] is compared. */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_2 ((uint32_t)0x02000000U) /*!< SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[1:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_3 ((uint32_t)0x03000000U) /*!< SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[2:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_4 ((uint32_t)0x04000000U) /*!< SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[3:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_5 ((uint32_t)0x05000000U) /*!< SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[4:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_6 ((uint32_t)0x06000000U) /*!< SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[5:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_7 ((uint32_t)0x07000000U) /*!< SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[6:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_8 ((uint32_t)0x08000000U) /*!< SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[7:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_9 ((uint32_t)0x09000000U) /*!< SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[8:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_10 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000U) /*!< SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[9:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_11 ((uint32_t)0x0B000000U) /*!< SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[10:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_12 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000U) /*!< SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm
comparison.Only SS[11:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_13 ((uint32_t)0x0D000000U) /*!< SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[12:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14 ((uint32_t)0x0E000000U) /*!< SS[14] is don't care in Alarm
comparison.Only SS[13:0] are compared */
#define RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_NONE ((uint32_t)0x0F000000U) /*!< SS[14:0] are compared and must match
to activate alarm. */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Interrupts_Definitions RTC Interrupts Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_IT_TS ((uint32_t)0x00008000U)
#define RTC_IT_WUT ((uint32_t)0x00004000U)
#define RTC_IT_ALRB ((uint32_t)0x00002000U)
#define RTC_IT_ALRA ((uint32_t)0x00001000U)
#define RTC_IT_TAMP ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /* Used only to Enable the Tamper Interrupt */
#define RTC_IT_TAMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000U)
#define RTC_IT_TAMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Flags_Definitions RTC Flags Definitions
* @{
*/
#define RTC_FLAG_RECALPF ((uint32_t)0x00010000U)
#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F ((uint32_t)0x00004000U)
#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F ((uint32_t)0x00002000U)
#define RTC_FLAG_TSOVF ((uint32_t)0x00001000U)
#define RTC_FLAG_TSF ((uint32_t)0x00000800U)
#define RTC_FLAG_WUTF ((uint32_t)0x00000400U)
#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBF ((uint32_t)0x00000200U)
#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAF ((uint32_t)0x00000100U)
#define RTC_FLAG_INITF ((uint32_t)0x00000040U)
#define RTC_FLAG_RSF ((uint32_t)0x00000020U)
#define RTC_FLAG_INITS ((uint32_t)0x00000010U)
#define RTC_FLAG_SHPF ((uint32_t)0x00000008U)
#define RTC_FLAG_WUTWF ((uint32_t)0x00000004U)
#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF ((uint32_t)0x00000002U)
#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF ((uint32_t)0x00000001U)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Macros RTC Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/** @brief Reset RTC handle state
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET)
/**
* @brief Disable the write protection for RTC registers.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Instance->WPR = 0xCAU; \
(__HANDLE__)->Instance->WPR = 0x53U; \
} while(0)
/**
* @brief Enable the write protection for RTC registers.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Instance->WPR = 0xFFU; \
} while(0)
/**
* @brief Enable the RTC ALARMA peripheral.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= (RTC_CR_ALRAE))
/**
* @brief Disable the RTC ALARMA peripheral.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~(RTC_CR_ALRAE))
/**
* @brief Enable the RTC ALARMB peripheral.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= (RTC_CR_ALRBE))
/**
* @brief Disable the RTC ALARMB peripheral.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~(RTC_CR_ALRBE))
/**
* @brief Enable the RTC Alarm interrupt.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Alarm interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt
* @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= (__INTERRUPT__))
/**
* @brief Disable the RTC Alarm interrupt.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Alarm interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt
* @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~(__INTERRUPT__))
/**
* @brief Check whether the specified RTC Alarm interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Alarm interrupt to check.
* This parameter can be:
* @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt
* @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR)& ((__INTERRUPT__)>> 4U)) != RESET)? SET : RESET)
/**
* @brief Get the selected RTC Alarm's flag status.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the RTC Alarm Flag to check.
* This parameter can be:
* @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF
* @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF
* @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF
* @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR) & (__FLAG__)) != RESET)? SET : RESET)
/**
* @brief Clear the RTC Alarm's pending flags.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the RTC Alarm Flag sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be:
* @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF
* @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR) = (~((__FLAG__) | RTC_ISR_INIT)|((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))
/**
* @brief Check whether the specified RTC Alarm interrupt has been enabled or not.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Alarm interrupt sources to check.
* This parameter can be:
* @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt
* @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR) & (__INTERRUPT__)) != RESET) ? SET : RESET)
/**
* @brief Enable interrupt on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() (EXTI->IMR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT)
/**
* @brief Disable interrupt on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_IT() (EXTI->IMR &= ~(RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT))
/**
* @brief Enable event on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT() (EXTI->EMR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT)
/**
* @brief Disable event on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT() (EXTI->EMR &= ~(RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT))
/**
* @brief Enable falling edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE() (EXTI->FTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT)
/**
* @brief Disable falling edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE() (EXTI->FTSR &= ~(RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT))
/**
* @brief Enable rising edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE() (EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT)
/**
* @brief Disable rising edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE() (EXTI->RTSR &= ~(RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT))
/**
* @brief Enable rising & falling edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE() do { __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); \
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();\
} while(0)
/**
* @brief Disable rising & falling edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE() do { __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();\
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();\
} while(0)
/**
* @brief Check whether the RTC Alarm associated Exti line interrupt flag is set or not.
* @retval Line Status.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_GET_FLAG() (EXTI->PR & RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT)
/**
* @brief Clear the RTC Alarm associated Exti line flag.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG() (EXTI->PR = RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT)
/**
* @brief Generate a Software interrupt on RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT() (EXTI->SWIER |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include RTC HAL Extension module */
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ****************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc);
void HAL_RTC_MspInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc);
void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* RTC Time and Date functions ************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @{
*/
/* RTC Alarm functions ********************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Alarm);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format);
void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout);
void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group4
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group5
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral State functions *************************************************/
HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Constants RTC Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* Masks Definition */
#define RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x007F7F7FU)
#define RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFF3FU)
#define RTC_INIT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFFU)
#define RTC_RSF_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF5FU)
#define RTC_FLAGS_MASK ((uint32_t)(RTC_FLAG_TSOVF | RTC_FLAG_TSF | RTC_FLAG_WUTF | \
RTC_FLAG_ALRBF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_INITF | \
RTC_FLAG_RSF | RTC_FLAG_INITS | RTC_FLAG_WUTWF | \
RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF | RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F | \
RTC_FLAG_RECALPF | RTC_FLAG_SHPF))
#define RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000
#define RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT ((uint32_t)EXTI_IMR_MR17) /*!< External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Macros RTC Private Macros
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_IS_RTC_Definitions RTC Private macros to check input parameters
* @{
*/
#define IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_HOURFORMAT_12) || \
((FORMAT) == RTC_HOURFORMAT_24))
#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE) || \
((OUTPUT) == RTC_OUTPUT_ALARMA) || \
((OUTPUT) == RTC_OUTPUT_ALARMB) || \
((OUTPUT) == RTC_OUTPUT_WAKEUP))
#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH) || \
((POL) == RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_LOW))
#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN) || \
((TYPE) == RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_PUSHPULL))
#define IS_RTC_HOUR12(HOUR) (((HOUR) > (uint32_t)0U) && ((HOUR) <= (uint32_t)12U))
#define IS_RTC_HOUR24(HOUR) ((HOUR) <= (uint32_t)23U)
#define IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= (uint32_t)0x7FU)
#define IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= (uint32_t)0x7FFFU)
#define IS_RTC_MINUTES(MINUTES) ((MINUTES) <= (uint32_t)59U)
#define IS_RTC_SECONDS(SECONDS) ((SECONDS) <= (uint32_t)59U)
#define IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(PM) (((PM) == RTC_HOURFORMAT12_AM) || ((PM) == RTC_HOURFORMAT12_PM))
#define IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(SAVE) (((SAVE) == RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_SUB1H) || \
((SAVE) == RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_ADD1H) || \
((SAVE) == RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_NONE))
#define IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == RTC_STOREOPERATION_RESET) || \
((OPERATION) == RTC_STOREOPERATION_SET))
#define IS_RTC_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) || ((FORMAT) == RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
#define IS_RTC_YEAR(YEAR) ((YEAR) <= (uint32_t)99U)
#define IS_RTC_MONTH(MONTH) (((MONTH) >= (uint32_t)1U) && ((MONTH) <= (uint32_t)12U))
#define IS_RTC_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) >= (uint32_t)1U) && ((DATE) <= (uint32_t)31U))
#define IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY))
#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) >(uint32_t) 0U) && ((DATE) <= (uint32_t)31U))
#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) || \
((WEEKDAY) == RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY))
#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
((SEL) == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
#define IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) & 0x7F7F7F7FU) == (uint32_t)RESET)
#define IS_RTC_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) == RTC_ALARM_A) || ((ALARM) == RTC_ALARM_B))
#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= (uint32_t)0x00007FFFU)
#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_ALL) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_1) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_2) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_3) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_4) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_5) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_6) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_7) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_8) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_9) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_10) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_11) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_12) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_13) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14) || \
((MASK) == RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_NONE))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions RTC Private Functions
* @{
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc);
uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value);
uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_RTC_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of SPI HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_SPI_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_SPI_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup SPI
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Types SPI Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief SPI Configuration Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI operating mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Mode */
uint32_t Direction; /*!< Specifies the SPI bidirectional mode state.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Direction */
uint32_t DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SPI data size.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Data_Size */
uint32_t CLKPolarity; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */
uint32_t CLKPhase; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */
uint32_t NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by
hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */
uint32_t BaudRatePrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be
used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler
@note The communication clock is derived from the master
clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */
uint32_t FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */
uint32_t TIMode; /*!< Specifies if the TI mode is enabled or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_TI_mode */
uint32_t CRCCalculation; /*!< Specifies if the CRC calculation is enabled or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_CRC_Calculation */
uint32_t CRCPolynomial; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 65535 */
}SPI_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL SPI State structure definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< Peripheral not Initialized */
HAL_SPI_STATE_READY = 0x01U, /*!< Peripheral Initialized and ready for use */
HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY = 0x02U, /*!< an internal process is ongoing */
HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX = 0x03U, /*!< Data Transmission process is ongoing */
HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX = 0x04U, /*!< Data Reception process is ongoing */
HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX = 0x05U, /*!< Data Transmission and Reception process is ongoing */
HAL_SPI_STATE_ERROR = 0x06U /*!< SPI error state */
}HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI handle Structure definition
*/
typedef struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef
{
SPI_TypeDef *Instance; /* SPI registers base address */
SPI_InitTypeDef Init; /* SPI communication parameters */
uint8_t *pTxBuffPtr; /* Pointer to SPI Tx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t TxXferSize; /* SPI Tx Transfer size */
uint16_t TxXferCount; /* SPI Tx Transfer Counter */
uint8_t *pRxBuffPtr; /* Pointer to SPI Rx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t RxXferSize; /* SPI Rx Transfer size */
uint16_t RxXferCount; /* SPI Rx Transfer Counter */
void (*RxISR)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi); /* function pointer on Rx ISR */
void (*TxISR)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi); /* function pointer on Tx ISR */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmatx; /* SPI Tx DMA Handle parameters */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmarx; /* SPI Rx DMA Handle parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* Locking object */
__IO HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef State; /* SPI communication state */
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /* SPI Error code */
}SPI_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants SPI Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Error_Code SPI Error Code
* @{
*/
#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< No error */
#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< MODF error */
#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< CRC error */
#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< OVR error */
#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< FRE error */
#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< DMA transfer error */
#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG ((uint32_t)0x00000020U) /*!< Flag: RXNE,TXE, BSY */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Mode SPI Mode
* @{
*/
#define SPI_MODE_SLAVE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SPI_MODE_MASTER (SPI_CR1_MSTR | SPI_CR1_SSI)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Direction SPI Direction Mode
* @{
*/
#define SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY SPI_CR1_RXONLY
#define SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Data_Size SPI Data Size
* @{
*/
#define SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT SPI_CR1_DFF
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity SPI Clock Polarity
* @{
*/
#define SPI_POLARITY_LOW ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SPI_POLARITY_HIGH SPI_CR1_CPOL
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase SPI Clock Phase
* @{
*/
#define SPI_PHASE_1EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SPI_PHASE_2EDGE SPI_CR1_CPHA
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management SPI Slave Select Management
* @{
*/
#define SPI_NSS_SOFT SPI_CR1_SSM
#define SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT ((uint32_t)0x00040000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler SPI BaudRate Prescaler
* @{
*/
#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000008U)
#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000010U)
#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000018U)
#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_32 ((uint32_t)0x00000020U)
#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_64 ((uint32_t)0x00000028U)
#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_128 ((uint32_t)0x00000030U)
#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_256 ((uint32_t)0x00000038U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission SPI MSB LSB Transmission
* @{
*/
#define SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SPI_FIRSTBIT_LSB SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_TI_mode SPI TI Mode
* @{
*/
#define SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SPI_TIMODE_ENABLE SPI_CR2_FRF
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Calculation SPI CRC Calculation
* @{
*/
#define SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE SPI_CR1_CRCEN
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Interrupt_definition SPI Interrupt Definition
* @{
*/
#define SPI_IT_TXE SPI_CR2_TXEIE
#define SPI_IT_RXNE SPI_CR2_RXNEIE
#define SPI_IT_ERR SPI_CR2_ERRIE
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Flags_definition SPI Flags Definition
* @{
*/
#define SPI_FLAG_RXNE SPI_SR_RXNE /* SPI status flag: Rx buffer not empty flag */
#define SPI_FLAG_TXE SPI_SR_TXE /* SPI status flag: Tx buffer empty flag */
#define SPI_FLAG_BSY SPI_SR_BSY /* SPI status flag: Busy flag */
#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR SPI_SR_CRCERR /* SPI Error flag: CRC error flag */
#define SPI_FLAG_MODF SPI_SR_MODF /* SPI Error flag: Mode fault flag */
#define SPI_FLAG_OVR SPI_SR_OVR /* SPI Error flag: Overrun flag */
#define SPI_FLAG_FRE SPI_SR_FRE /* SPI Error flag: TI mode frame format error flag */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Macros SPI Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/** @brief Reset SPI handle state.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_SPI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET)
/** @brief Enable or disable the specified SPI interrupts.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt source to enable or disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SPI_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable
* @arg SPI_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable
* @arg SPI_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 |= (__INTERRUPT__))
#define __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 &= (~(__INTERRUPT__)))
/** @brief Check whether the specified SPI interrupt source is enabled or not.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SPI_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable
* @arg SPI_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable
* @arg SPI_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
* @retval The new state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
*/
#define __HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 & (__INTERRUPT__)) == (__INTERRUPT__)) ? SET : RESET)
/** @brief Check whether the specified SPI flag is set or not.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SPI_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag
* @arg SPI_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag
* @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC error flag
* @arg SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode fault flag
* @arg SPI_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag
* @arg SPI_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag
* @arg SPI_FLAG_FRE: Frame format error flag
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
*/
#define __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR) & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
/** @brief Clear the SPI CRCERR pending flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR = (uint16_t)(~SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
/** @brief Clear the SPI MODF pending flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \
tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR; \
(__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= (~SPI_CR1_SPE); \
UNUSED(tmpreg); \
} while(0)
/** @brief Clear the SPI OVR pending flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \
tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->DR; \
tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR; \
UNUSED(tmpreg); \
} while(0)
/** @brief Clear the SPI FRE pending flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \
tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR; \
UNUSED(tmpreg); \
}while(0)
/** @brief Enable the SPI peripheral.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE)
/** @brief Disable the SPI peripheral.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= (~SPI_CR1_SPE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization/de-initialization functions **********************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit (SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* I/O operation functions *****************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
* @{
*/
/** @brief Set the SPI transmit-only mode.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define SPI_1LINE_TX(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_BIDIOE)
/** @brief Set the SPI receive-only mode.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define SPI_1LINE_RX(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= (~SPI_CR1_BIDIOE))
/** @brief Reset the CRC calculation of the SPI.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
* This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define SPI_RESET_CRC(__HANDLE__) do{(__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~SPI_CR1_CRCEN);\
(__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCEN;}while(0)
#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || \
((MODE) == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) || \
((MODE) == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY) || \
((MODE) == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE))
#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(MODE) ((MODE) == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) || \
((MODE) == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE))
#define IS_SPI_DATASIZE(DATASIZE) (((DATASIZE) == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) || \
((DATASIZE) == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT))
#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_POLARITY_LOW) || \
((CPOL) == SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) || \
((CPHA) == SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_SOFT) || \
((NSS) == SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) || \
((NSS) == SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_4) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_8) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_16) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_32) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_64) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_128) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_256))
#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB) || \
((BIT) == SPI_FIRSTBIT_LSB))
#define IS_SPI_TIMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE) || \
((MODE) == SPI_TIMODE_ENABLE))
#define IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(CALCULATION) (((CALCULATION) == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE) || \
((CALCULATION) == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) (((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x01U) && ((POLYNOMIAL) <= 0xFFFFU))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions SPI Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_SPI_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of TIM HAL Extension module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Types TIM Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief TIM Hall sensor Configuration Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t IC1Polarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */
uint32_t IC1Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */
uint32_t IC1Filter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter.
This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */
uint32_t Commutation_Delay; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register.
This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000U and Max_Data = 0xFFFFU */
} TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM Master configuration Structure definition
*/
typedef struct {
uint32_t MasterOutputTrigger; /*!< Trigger output (TRGO) selection.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Master_Mode_Selection */
uint32_t MasterSlaveMode; /*!< Master/slave mode selection.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Master_Slave_Mode */
}TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM Break and Dead time configuration Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t OffStateRunMode; /*!< TIM off state in run mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */
uint32_t OffStateIDLEMode; /*!< TIM off state in IDLE mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */
uint32_t LockLevel; /*!< TIM Lock level.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Lock_level */
uint32_t DeadTime; /*!< TIM dead Time.
This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF */
uint32_t BreakState; /*!< TIM Break State.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable */
uint32_t BreakPolarity; /*!< TIM Break input polarity.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Polarity */
uint32_t AutomaticOutput; /*!< TIM Automatic Output Enable state.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */
}TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Constants TIM Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Remap TIM Remap
* @{
*/
#define TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO (0x00000000U)
#define TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP (0x00000400U)
#define TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF (0x00000800U)
#define TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF (0x00000C00U)
#define TIM_TIM5_GPIO (0x00000000U)
#define TIM_TIM5_LSI (0x00000040U)
#define TIM_TIM5_LSE (0x00000080U)
#define TIM_TIM5_RTC (0x000000C0U)
#define TIM_TIM11_GPIO (0x00000000U)
#define TIM_TIM11_HSE (0x00000002U)
#if defined (STM32F446xx)
#define TIM_TIM11_SPDIFRX (0x00000001U)
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
/** @defgroup TIMEx_SystemBreakInput TIM System Break Input
* @{
*/
#define TIM_SYSTEMBREAKINPUT_HARDFAULT ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /* Core Lockup lock output(Hardfault) is connected to Break Input of TIM1 and TIM8 */
#define TIM_SYSTEMBREAKINPUT_PVD ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /* PVD Interrupt is connected to Break Input of TIM1 and TIM8 */
#define TIM_SYSTEMBREAKINPUT_HARDFAULT_PVD ((uint32_t)0x00000005U) /* Core Lockup lock output(Hardfault) and PVD Interrupt are connected to Break Input of TIM1 and TIM8 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Timer Hall Sensor functions **********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef* sConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* Timer Complementary Output Compare functions *****************************/
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @{
*/
/* Timer Complementary PWM functions ****************************************/
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Channel);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4
* @{
*/
/* Timer Complementary One Pulse functions **********************************/
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5
* @{
*/
/* Extension Control functions ************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef * sMasterConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim, uint32_t Remap);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6
* @{
*/
/* Extension Callback *********************************************************/
void HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7
* @{
*/
/* Extension Peripheral State functions **************************************/
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Macros TIM Private Macros
* @{
*/
#if defined (STM32F446xx)
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_SPDIFRX)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE))
#else
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE))
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx)
#define IS_TIM_SYSTEMBREAKINPUT(BREAKINPUT) (((BREAKINPUT) == TIM_SYSTEMBREAKINPUT_HARDFAULT)||\
((BREAKINPUT) == TIM_SYSTEMBREAKINPUT_PVD)||\
((BREAKINPUT) == TIM_SYSTEMBREAKINPUT_HARDFAULT_PVD))
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx */
#define IS_TIM_DEADTIME(DEADTIME) ((DEADTIME) <= 0xFFU)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,783 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Header file of UART HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_UART_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_UART_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UART
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Types UART Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief UART Init Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the UART communication baud rate.
The baud rate is computed using the following formula:
- IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (8 * (OVR8+1) * (huart->Init.BaudRate)))
- FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((uint32_t) IntegerDivider)) * 8 * (OVR8+1)) + 0.5
Where OVR8 is the "oversampling by 8 mode" configuration bit in the CR1 register. */
uint32_t WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame.
This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Word_Length */
uint32_t StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted.
This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Stop_Bits */
uint32_t Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Parity
@note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted
at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when
the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
word length is set to 8 data bits). */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies whether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Mode */
uint32_t HwFlowCtl; /*!< Specifies whether the hardware flow control mode is enabled
or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Hardware_Flow_Control */
uint32_t OverSampling; /*!< Specifies whether the Over sampling 8 is enabled or disabled, to achieve higher speed (up to fPCLK/8).
This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Over_Sampling */
}UART_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL UART State structures definition
* @note HAL UART State value is a combination of 2 different substates: gState and RxState.
* - gState contains UART state information related to global Handle management
* and also information related to Tx operations.
* gState value coding follow below described bitmap :
* b7-b6 Error information
* 00 : No Error
* 01 : (Not Used)
* 10 : Timeout
* 11 : Error
* b5 IP initilisation status
* 0 : Reset (IP not initialized)
* 1 : Init done (IP not initialized. HAL UART Init function already called)
* b4-b3 (not used)
* xx : Should be set to 00
* b2 Intrinsic process state
* 0 : Ready
* 1 : Busy (IP busy with some configuration or internal operations)
* b1 (not used)
* x : Should be set to 0
* b0 Tx state
* 0 : Ready (no Tx operation ongoing)
* 1 : Busy (Tx operation ongoing)
* - RxState contains information related to Rx operations.
* RxState value coding follow below described bitmap :
* b7-b6 (not used)
* xx : Should be set to 00
* b5 IP initilisation status
* 0 : Reset (IP not initialized)
* 1 : Init done (IP not initialized)
* b4-b2 (not used)
* xxx : Should be set to 000
* b1 Rx state
* 0 : Ready (no Rx operation ongoing)
* 1 : Busy (Rx operation ongoing)
* b0 (not used)
* x : Should be set to 0.
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_UART_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< Peripheral is not yet Initialized
Value is allowed for gState and RxState */
HAL_UART_STATE_READY = 0x20U, /*!< Peripheral Initialized and ready for use
Value is allowed for gState and RxState */
HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY = 0x24U, /*!< an internal process is ongoing
Value is allowed for gState only */
HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX = 0x21U, /*!< Data Transmission process is ongoing
Value is allowed for gState only */
HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX = 0x22U, /*!< Data Reception process is ongoing
Value is allowed for RxState only */
HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX = 0x23U, /*!< Data Transmission and Reception process is ongoing
Not to be used for neither gState nor RxState.
Value is result of combination (Or) between gState and RxState values */
HAL_UART_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0xA0U, /*!< Timeout state
Value is allowed for gState only */
HAL_UART_STATE_ERROR = 0xE0U /*!< Error
Value is allowed for gState only */
}HAL_UART_StateTypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART handle Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
USART_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< UART registers base address */
UART_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< UART communication parameters */
uint8_t *pTxBuffPtr; /*!< Pointer to UART Tx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t TxXferSize; /*!< UART Tx Transfer size */
uint16_t TxXferCount; /*!< UART Tx Transfer Counter */
uint8_t *pRxBuffPtr; /*!< Pointer to UART Rx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t RxXferSize; /*!< UART Rx Transfer size */
uint16_t RxXferCount; /*!< UART Rx Transfer Counter */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmatx; /*!< UART Tx DMA Handle parameters */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmarx; /*!< UART Rx DMA Handle parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< Locking object */
__IO HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gState; /*!< UART state information related to global Handle management
and also related to Tx operations.
This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_UART_StateTypeDef */
__IO HAL_UART_StateTypeDef RxState; /*!< UART state information related to Rx operations.
This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_UART_StateTypeDef */
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< UART Error code */
}UART_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Constants UART Exported constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup UART_Error_Code UART Error Code
* @brief UART Error Code
* @{
*/
#define HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U) /*!< No error */
#define HAL_UART_ERROR_PE ((uint32_t)0x00000001U) /*!< Parity error */
#define HAL_UART_ERROR_NE ((uint32_t)0x00000002U) /*!< Noise error */
#define HAL_UART_ERROR_FE ((uint32_t)0x00000004U) /*!< Frame error */
#define HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE ((uint32_t)0x00000008U) /*!< Overrun error */
#define HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA ((uint32_t)0x00000010U) /*!< DMA transfer error */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_Word_Length UART Word Length
* @{
*/
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_8B ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_9B ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_M)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_Stop_Bits UART Number of Stop Bits
* @{
*/
#define UART_STOPBITS_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define UART_STOPBITS_2 ((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP_1)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_Parity UART Parity
* @{
*/
#define UART_PARITY_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define UART_PARITY_EVEN ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_PCE)
#define UART_PARITY_ODD ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_Hardware_Flow_Control UART Hardware Flow Control
* @{
*/
#define UART_HWCONTROL_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define UART_HWCONTROL_RTS ((uint32_t)USART_CR3_RTSE)
#define UART_HWCONTROL_CTS ((uint32_t)USART_CR3_CTSE)
#define UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_Mode UART Transfer Mode
* @{
*/
#define UART_MODE_RX ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_RE)
#define UART_MODE_TX ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_TE)
#define UART_MODE_TX_RX ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE |USART_CR1_RE))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_State UART State
* @{
*/
#define UART_STATE_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define UART_STATE_ENABLE ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UE)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_Over_Sampling UART Over Sampling
* @{
*/
#define UART_OVERSAMPLING_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define UART_OVERSAMPLING_8 ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_OVER8)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length UART LIN Break Detection Length
* @{
*/
#define UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B ((uint32_t)0x00000020U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_WakeUp_functions UART Wakeup Functions
* @{
*/
#define UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE ((uint32_t)0x00000000U)
#define UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK ((uint32_t)0x00000800U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_Flags UART FLags
* Elements values convention: 0xXXXX
* - 0xXXXX : Flag mask in the SR register
* @{
*/
#define UART_FLAG_CTS ((uint32_t)USART_SR_CTS)
#define UART_FLAG_LBD ((uint32_t)USART_SR_LBD)
#define UART_FLAG_TXE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_TXE)
#define UART_FLAG_TC ((uint32_t)USART_SR_TC)
#define UART_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_RXNE)
#define UART_FLAG_IDLE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_IDLE)
#define UART_FLAG_ORE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_ORE)
#define UART_FLAG_NE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_NE)
#define UART_FLAG_FE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_FE)
#define UART_FLAG_PE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_PE)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UART_Interrupt_definition UART Interrupt Definitions
* Elements values convention: 0xY000XXXX
* - XXXX : Interrupt mask (16 bits) in the Y register
* - Y : Interrupt source register (2bits)
* - 0001: CR1 register
* - 0010: CR2 register
* - 0011: CR3 register
*
* @{
*/
#define UART_IT_PE ((uint32_t)(UART_CR1_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR1_PEIE))
#define UART_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)(UART_CR1_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR1_TXEIE))
#define UART_IT_TC ((uint32_t)(UART_CR1_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR1_TCIE))
#define UART_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)(UART_CR1_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR1_RXNEIE))
#define UART_IT_IDLE ((uint32_t)(UART_CR1_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR1_IDLEIE))
#define UART_IT_LBD ((uint32_t)(UART_CR2_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR2_LBDIE))
#define UART_IT_CTS ((uint32_t)(UART_CR3_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR3_CTSIE))
#define UART_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)(UART_CR3_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR3_EIE))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Macros UART Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/** @brief Reset UART handle gstate & RxState
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; \
(__HANDLE__)->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; \
} while(0)
/** @brief Flushes the UART DR register
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
*/
#define __HAL_UART_FLUSH_DRREGISTER(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->DR)
/** @brief Checks whether the specified UART flag is set or not.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg UART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5)
* @arg UART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag
* @arg UART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag
* @arg UART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag
* @arg UART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag
* @arg UART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag
* @arg UART_FLAG_ORE: Overrun Error flag
* @arg UART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag
* @arg UART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag
* @arg UART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
*/
#define __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
/** @brief Clears the specified UART pending flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg UART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5).
* @arg UART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag.
* @arg UART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag.
* @arg UART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
*
* @note PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (Overrun
* error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register followed by a read
* operation to USART_DR register.
* @note RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register.
* @note TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
* USART_SR register followed by a write operation to USART_DR register.
* @note TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register.
*
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR = ~(__FLAG__))
/** @brief Clear the UART PE pending flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \
tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR; \
tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->DR; \
UNUSED(tmpreg); \
} while(0)
/** @brief Clear the UART FE pending flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FEFLAG(__HANDLE__) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(__HANDLE__)
/** @brief Clear the UART NE pending flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_NEFLAG(__HANDLE__) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(__HANDLE__)
/** @brief Clear the UART ORE pending flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(__HANDLE__) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(__HANDLE__)
/** @brief Clear the UART IDLE pending flag.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG(__HANDLE__) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(__HANDLE__)
/** @brief Enable the specified UART interrupt.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the UART interrupt source to enable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg UART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
* @retval None
*/
#define UART_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFFU)
#define __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__INTERRUPT__) >> 28U) == 1U)? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 |= ((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK)): \
(((__INTERRUPT__) >> 28U) == 2U)? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 |= ((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK)): \
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3 |= ((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK)))
/** @brief Disable the specified UART interrupt.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the UART interrupt source to disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg UART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__INTERRUPT__) >> 28U) == 1U)? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= ~((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK)): \
(((__INTERRUPT__) >> 28U) == 2U)? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 &= ~((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK)): \
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3 &= ~ ((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK)))
/** @brief Checks whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* This parameter can be UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or
* UART peripheral.
* @param __IT__: specifies the UART interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg UART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5)
* @arg UART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
* @arg UART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt
* @retval The new state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
*/
#define __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __IT__) (((((__IT__) >> 28U) == 1U)? (__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1:(((((uint32_t)(__IT__)) >> 28U) == 2U)? \
(__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 : (__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3)) & (((uint32_t)(__IT__)) & UART_IT_MASK))
/** @brief Enable CTS flow control
* This macro allows to enable CTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance,
* without need to call HAL_UART_Init() function.
* As involving direct access to UART registers, usage of this macro should be fully endorsed by user.
* @note As macro is expected to be used for modifying CTS Hw flow control feature activation, without need
* for USART instance Deinit/Init, following conditions for macro call should be fulfilled :
* - UART instance should have already been initialised (through call of HAL_UART_Init() )
* - macro could only be called when corresponding UART instance is disabled (i.e __HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__))
* and should be followed by an Enable macro (i.e __HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)).
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* The Handle Instance can be USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_CTS_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_CTSE); \
(__HANDLE__)->Init.HwFlowCtl |= USART_CR3_CTSE; \
} while(0)
/** @brief Disable CTS flow control
* This macro allows to disable CTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance,
* without need to call HAL_UART_Init() function.
* As involving direct access to UART registers, usage of this macro should be fully endorsed by user.
* @note As macro is expected to be used for modifying CTS Hw flow control feature activation, without need
* for USART instance Deinit/Init, following conditions for macro call should be fulfilled :
* - UART instance should have already been initialised (through call of HAL_UART_Init() )
* - macro could only be called when corresponding UART instance is disabled (i.e __HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__))
* and should be followed by an Enable macro (i.e __HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)).
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* The Handle Instance can be USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_CTS_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_CTSE); \
(__HANDLE__)->Init.HwFlowCtl &= ~(USART_CR3_CTSE); \
} while(0)
/** @brief Enable RTS flow control
* This macro allows to enable RTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance,
* without need to call HAL_UART_Init() function.
* As involving direct access to UART registers, usage of this macro should be fully endorsed by user.
* @note As macro is expected to be used for modifying RTS Hw flow control feature activation, without need
* for USART instance Deinit/Init, following conditions for macro call should be fulfilled :
* - UART instance should have already been initialised (through call of HAL_UART_Init() )
* - macro could only be called when corresponding UART instance is disabled (i.e __HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__))
* and should be followed by an Enable macro (i.e __HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)).
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* The Handle Instance can be USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RTSE); \
(__HANDLE__)->Init.HwFlowCtl |= USART_CR3_RTSE; \
} while(0)
/** @brief Disable RTS flow control
* This macro allows to disable RTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance,
* without need to call HAL_UART_Init() function.
* As involving direct access to UART registers, usage of this macro should be fully endorsed by user.
* @note As macro is expected to be used for modifying RTS Hw flow control feature activation, without need
* for USART instance Deinit/Init, following conditions for macro call should be fulfilled :
* - UART instance should have already been initialised (through call of HAL_UART_Init() )
* - macro could only be called when corresponding UART instance is disabled (i.e __HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__))
* and should be followed by an Enable macro (i.e __HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)).
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* The Handle Instance can be USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RTSE);\
(__HANDLE__)->Init.HwFlowCtl &= ~(USART_CR3_RTSE); \
} while(0)
/** @brief macros to enables the UART's one bit sample method
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3|= USART_CR3_ONEBIT)
/** @brief macros to disables the UART's one bit sample method
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT))
/** @brief Enable UART
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE)
/** @brief Disable UART
* @param __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= ~USART_CR1_UE)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UART_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization/de-initialization functions **********************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions *******************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral State functions **************************************************/
HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UART_Private_Constants UART Private Constants
* @{
*/
/** @brief UART interruptions flag mask
*
*/
#define UART_CR1_REG_INDEX 1U
#define UART_CR2_REG_INDEX 2U
#define UART_CR3_REG_INDEX 3U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UART_Private_Macros UART Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) || \
((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B))
#define IS_UART_LIN_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B))
#define IS_UART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == UART_STOPBITS_1) || \
((STOPBITS) == UART_STOPBITS_2))
#define IS_UART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == UART_PARITY_NONE) || \
((PARITY) == UART_PARITY_EVEN) || \
((PARITY) == UART_PARITY_ODD))
#define IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\
(((CONTROL) == UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) || \
((CONTROL) == UART_HWCONTROL_RTS) || \
((CONTROL) == UART_HWCONTROL_CTS) || \
((CONTROL) == UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
#define IS_UART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint32_t)0x0000FFF3U) == 0x00U) && ((MODE) != (uint32_t)0x00U))
#define IS_UART_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == UART_STATE_DISABLE) || \
((STATE) == UART_STATE_ENABLE))
#define IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(SAMPLING) (((SAMPLING) == UART_OVERSAMPLING_16) || \
((SAMPLING) == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8))
#define IS_UART_LIN_OVERSAMPLING(SAMPLING) (((SAMPLING) == UART_OVERSAMPLING_16))
#define IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B) || \
((LENGTH) == UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B))
#define IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE) || \
((WAKEUP) == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK))
#define IS_UART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) ((BAUDRATE) < 10500001U)
#define IS_UART_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0FU)
#define UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) (((_PCLK_)*25U)/(4U*(_BAUD_)))
#define UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING16(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) (UART_DIV_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_))/100U)
#define UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING16(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) (((UART_DIV_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) - (UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) * 100U)) * 16U + 50U) / 100U)
/* UART BRR = mantissa + overflow + fraction
= (UART DIVMANT << 4) + (UART DIVFRAQ & 0xF0) + (UART DIVFRAQ & 0x0FU) */
#define UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) (((UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) << 4U) + \
(UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) & 0xF0U)) + \
(UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) & 0x0FU))
#define UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) (((_PCLK_)*25U)/(2U*(_BAUD_)))
#define UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING8(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) (UART_DIV_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_))/100U)
#define UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING8(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) (((UART_DIV_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) - (UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) * 100U)) * 8U + 50U) / 100U)
/* UART BRR = mantissa + overflow + fraction
= (UART DIVMANT << 4) + ((UART DIVFRAQ & 0xF8) << 1) + (UART DIVFRAQ & 0x07U) */
#define UART_BRR_SAMPLING8(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) (((UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) << 4U) + \
((UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) & 0xF8U) << 1U)) + \
(UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) & 0x07U))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_UART_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief HAL module driver.
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
[..]
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
(+) Common HAL APIs
(+) Services HAL APIs
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL HAL
* @brief HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief STM32F4xx HAL Driver version number V1.4.4
*/
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x04) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x04) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
|(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
|(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\
|(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU)
/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* --- MEMRMP Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of UFB_MODE bit */
#define MEMRMP_OFFSET SYSCFG_OFFSET
#define UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_UFB_MODE)
#define UFB_MODE_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32U) + (UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* --- CMPCR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of CMP_PD bit */
#define CMPCR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x20U)
#define CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD)
#define CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMPCR_OFFSET * 32U) + (CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
__IO uint32_t uwTick;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock
configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
and the backup domain when enabled.
(+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL
(+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
Tick interrupt priority.
(++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
handled in milliseconds basis.
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
ISR process will be blocked.
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first
* instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
* HAL function), it performs the following:
* Configure the Flash prefetch, instruction and Data caches.
* Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
* which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
* configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz).
* Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
* Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file
* "stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization
*
* @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
* need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
* to have correct HAL operation.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
{
/* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */
#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE != 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE();
#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE != 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE();
#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */
#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
/* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
/* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
* This function is optional.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset of all peripherals */
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspDeInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
* The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementation in user file.
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
/*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()/1000U);
/*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
* @brief HAL Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
(+) Get the device identifier
(+) Get the device revision identifier
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
* used as application time base.
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
* in Systick ISR.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
{
uwTick++;
}
/**
* @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval tick value
*/
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
{
return uwTick;
}
/**
* @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
* on variable incremented.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
* is incremented.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < Delay)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
* is suspended.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
* is resumed.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the HAL revision
* @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
{
return __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
* @retval Device revision identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16U);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @brief Enables the I/O Compensation Cell.
* @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
* voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell.
* @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
* voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Enables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
*
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
*
* @note Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000)
* and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
*
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
*
* @note The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000)
* and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
===========================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
(#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
function according to the following table.
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) please refer to programing manual for details in how to configure priority.
-@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
-@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
(+@) Lowest preemption priority
(+@) Lowest sub priority
(+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
[..]
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
========================================================
[..]
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
is a CMSIS function that:
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0FU).
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
inside the stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h file.
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
Systick functionalities
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
* using the required unlock sequence.
* @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @param PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
* @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
{
uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
}
/**
* @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
* function should be called before.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Enable interrupt */
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Disable interrupt */
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
/* System Reset */
NVIC_SystemReset();
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
* @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
* - 1 Function failed.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
{
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Cortex control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/**
* @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
* @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the initialization and configuration information.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
/* Set the Region number */
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
}
else
{
MPU->RBAR = 0x00U;
MPU->RASR = 0x00U;
}
}
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
* @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
{
/* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
}
/**
* @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
* @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
}
/**
* @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Set interrupt pending */
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
* and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Clear pending interrupt */
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if active else 0 */
return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
* @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
}
/**
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,956 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief DMA HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral State and errors functions
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream
(except for internal SRAM/FLASH memories: no initialization is
necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals
and DMA requests .
(#) For a given Stream, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode, Stream Priority level,
Source and Destination Increment mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed),
Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed) using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
=================================
[..]
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
(+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
*** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
===================================
[..]
(+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
(+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this
case the DMA interrupt is configured
(+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
(+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure).
[..]
(#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
detection.
(#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
-@- The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus usage and to allow data packing/unpacking: it is
possible to set different Data Sizes for the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set
Half-Word data size for the peripheral to access its data register and set Word data size
for the Memory to gain in access time. Each two half words will be packed and written in
a single access to a Word in the Memory).
-@- When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different Data Sizes for Source
and Destination. In this case the Peripheral Data Size will be applied to both Source
and Destination.
*** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
=============================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Stream.
(+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Stream.
(+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
(+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Stream interrupt has occurred or not.
[..]
(@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA DMA
* @brief DMA HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
__IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< DMA interrupt status register */
__IO uint32_t Reserved0;
__IO uint32_t IFCR; /*!< DMA interrupt flag clear register */
} DMA_Base_Registers;
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT ((uint32_t)1000U) /* 1s */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
static uint32_t DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source
and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Stream priority value.
[..]
The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
reference manual.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the DMA according to the specified
* parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
/* Check the DMA peripheral state */
if(hdma == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_STREAM_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMA_CHANNEL(hdma->Init.Channel));
assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(hdma->Init.FIFOMode));
/* Check the memory burst, peripheral burst and FIFO threshold parameters only
when FIFO mode is enabled */
if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode != DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(hdma->Init.MemBurst));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(hdma->Init.PeriphBurst));
}
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get the CR register value */
tmp = hdma->Instance->CR;
/* Clear CHSEL, MBURST, PBURST, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR, CT and DBM bits */
tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_SxCR_CHSEL | DMA_SxCR_MBURST | DMA_SxCR_PBURST | \
DMA_SxCR_PL | DMA_SxCR_MSIZE | DMA_SxCR_PSIZE | \
DMA_SxCR_MINC | DMA_SxCR_PINC | DMA_SxCR_CIRC | \
DMA_SxCR_DIR | DMA_SxCR_CT | DMA_SxCR_DBM));
/* Prepare the DMA Stream configuration */
tmp |= hdma->Init.Channel | hdma->Init.Direction |
hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc |
hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority;
/* the Memory burst and peripheral burst are not used when the FIFO is disabled */
if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
{
/* Get memory burst and peripheral burst */
tmp |= hdma->Init.MemBurst | hdma->Init.PeriphBurst;
}
/* Write to DMA Stream CR register */
hdma->Instance->CR = tmp;
/* Get the FCR register value */
tmp = hdma->Instance->FCR;
/* Clear Direct mode and FIFO threshold bits */
tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS | DMA_SxFCR_FTH);
/* Prepare the DMA Stream FIFO configuration */
tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOMode;
/* the FIFO threshold is not used when the FIFO mode is disabled */
if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
{
/* Get the FIFO threshold */
tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold;
}
/* Write to DMA Stream FCR */
hdma->Instance->FCR = tmp;
/* Initialize StreamBaseAddress and StreamIndex parameters to be used to calculate
DMA steam Base Address needed by HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() and HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() */
DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
/* Initialize the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the DMA peripheral
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DMA_Base_Registers *regs;
/* Check the DMA peripheral state */
if(hdma == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the DMA peripheral state */
if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Disable the selected DMA Streamx */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Reset DMA Streamx control register */
hdma->Instance->CR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Streamx number of data to transfer register */
hdma->Instance->NDTR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Streamx peripheral address register */
hdma->Instance->PAR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Streamx memory 0 address register */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Streamx memory 1 address register */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Streamx FIFO control register */
hdma->Instance->FCR = (uint32_t)0x00000021U;
/* Get DMA steam Base Address */
regs = (DMA_Base_Registers *)DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
/* Clear all interrupt flags at correct offset within the register */
regs->IFCR = 0x3FU << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Initialize the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start DMA transfer with interrupt
(+) Abort DMA transfer
(+) Poll for transfer complete
(+) Handle DMA interrupt request
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Starts the DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable all interrupts */
hdma->Instance->CR |= DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_DME;
hdma->Instance->FCR |= DMA_IT_FE;
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
*
* @note After disabling a DMA Stream, a check for wait until the DMA Stream is
* effectively disabled is added. If a Stream is disabled
* while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred
* and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of
* this single data is finished.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* Disable the stream */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check if the DMA Stream is effectively disabled */
while((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_EN) != 0U)
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT)
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
/* Change the DMA state*/
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Polling for transfer complete.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t temp, tmp, tmp1, tmp2;
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* calculate DMA base and stream number */
DMA_Base_Registers *regs;
regs = (DMA_Base_Registers *)hdma->StreamBaseAddress;
/* Get the level transfer complete flag */
if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
{
/* Transfer Complete flag */
temp = DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
}
else
{
/* Half Transfer Complete flag */
temp = DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
}
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while((regs->ISR & temp) == RESET)
{
tmp = regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex);
tmp1 = regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex);
tmp2 = regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex);
if((tmp != RESET) || (tmp1 != RESET) || (tmp2 != RESET))
{
if(tmp != RESET)
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
/* Clear the transfer error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
}
if(tmp1 != RESET)
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE;
/* Clear the FIFO error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
}
if(tmp2 != RESET)
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME;
/* Clear the Direct Mode error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
}
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check for the Timeout */
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
{
/* Clear the half transfer and transfer complete flags */
regs->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 | DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4) << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0U)
{
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0U)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0U)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM1;
}
}
else
{
/* The selected Streamx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and all transfers
are complete) */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
}
else
{
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0U)
{
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0U)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0U)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1;
}
}
else
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handles DMA interrupt request.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* calculate DMA base and stream number */
DMA_Base_Registers *regs;
regs = (DMA_Base_Registers *)hdma->StreamBaseAddress;
/* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
if ((regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex)) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TE) != RESET)
{
/* Disable the transfer error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
/* Clear the transfer error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/* FIFO Error Interrupt management ******************************************/
if ((regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex)) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_FE) != RESET)
{
/* Disable the FIFO Error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE);
/* Clear the FIFO error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/* Direct Mode Error Interrupt management ***********************************/
if ((regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex)) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_DME) != RESET)
{
/* Disable the direct mode Error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME);
/* Clear the direct mode error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
if ((regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex)) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_HT) != RESET)
{
/* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0U)
{
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0U)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0U)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1;
}
}
else
{
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0U)
{
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
}
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
}
if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Half transfer callback */
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
if ((regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex)) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TC) != RESET)
{
if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0U)
{
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0U)
{
if(hdma->XferM1CpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer complete Callback for memory1 */
hdma->XferM1CpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0U)
{
if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer complete Callback for memory0 */
hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/* Disable the transfer complete interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
else
{
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0U)
{
/* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
}
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer complete callback */
hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### State and Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides functions allowing to
(+) Check the DMA state
(+) Get error code
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the DMA state.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
return hdma->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DMA error code
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval DMA Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
return hdma->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Clear DBM bit */
hdma->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)(~DMA_SxCR_DBM);
/* Configure DMA Stream data length */
hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength;
/* Peripheral to Memory */
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
{
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress;
}
/* Memory to Peripheral */
else
{
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress;
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the DMA Stream base address depending on stream number
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval Stream base address
*/
static uint32_t DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t stream_number = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance & 0xFFU) - 16U) / 24U;
/* lookup table for necessary bitshift of flags within status registers */
static const uint8_t flagBitshiftOffset[8U] = {0U, 6U, 16U, 22U, 0U, 6U, 16U, 22U};
hdma->StreamIndex = flagBitshiftOffset[stream_number];
if (stream_number > 3U)
{
/* return pointer to HISR and HIFCR */
hdma->StreamBaseAddress = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance & (uint32_t)(~0x3FFU)) + 4U);
}
else
{
/* return pointer to LISR and LIFCR */
hdma->StreamBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)hdma->Instance & (uint32_t)(~0x3FFU));
}
return hdma->StreamBaseAddress;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Start a multi buffer transfer using the HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart() function
for polling mode or HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart_IT() for interrupt mode.
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
-@- When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled the, transfer is circular by default.
-@- In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_SxM0AR or DMA_SxM1AR) when the stream is enabled.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
* @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer with interrupt
(+) Change on the fly the memory0 or memory1 address.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0U)
{
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0;
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0U)
{
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Enable the double buffer mode */
hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0U)
{
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0;
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0U)
{
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Enable the Double buffer mode */
hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
/* Enable the Half transfer interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
/* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
/* Enable the fifo Error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE);
/* Enable the direct mode Error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME);
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Change the memory0 or memory1 address on the fly.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param Address: The new address
* @param memory: the memory to be changed, This parameter can be one of
* the following values:
* MEMORY0 /
* MEMORY1
* @note The MEMORY0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
* MEMORY1 and the MEMORY1 address can be changed only when the current
* transfer use MEMORY0.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t Address, HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory)
{
if(memory == MEMORY0)
{
/* change the memory0 address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = Address;
}
else
{
/* change the memory1 address */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = Address;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set the DMA Transfer parameter.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Configure DMA Stream data length */
hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength;
/* Peripheral to Memory */
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
{
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress;
}
/* Memory to Peripheral */
else
{
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,775 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
* + Program operations functions
* + Memory Control functions
* + Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch and cache lines.
[..] The FLASH main features are:
(+) Flash memory read operations
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
(+) Read / write protections
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
(+) 64 cache lines of 128 bits on I-Code
(+) 8 cache lines of 128 bits on D-Code
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
memory of all STM32F4xx devices.
(#) FLASH Memory IO Programming functions:
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
(++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word
(++) There Two modes of programming :
(+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
(+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
(++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
(++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_SetErrorCode()
[..]
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
to handle the following operations:
(+) Set the latency
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
(+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000U)/* 50 s */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/* Variable used for Erase sectors under interruption */
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/* Program operations */
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
* @brief Programming operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Programming operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
program operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE)
{
/*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
{
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
{
/*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
}
else
{
/*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
/* Enable Error source interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
pFlash.Address = Address;
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE)
{
/*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
{
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
{
/*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
}
else
{
/*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t addresstmp = 0U;
/* Check FLASH operation error flags */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) != RESET)
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE)
{
/*return the faulty sector*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Sector;
pFlash.Sector = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
}
else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
{
/*return the faulty bank*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Bank;
}
else
{
/*return the faulty address*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
}
/*Save the Error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
/*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != RESET)
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE)
{
/*Nb of sector to erased can be decreased*/
pFlash.NbSectorsToErase--;
/* Check if there are still sectors to erase*/
if(pFlash.NbSectorsToErase != 0U)
{
addresstmp = pFlash.Sector;
/*Indicate user which sector has been erased*/
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
/*Increment sector number*/
pFlash.Sector++;
addresstmp = pFlash.Sector;
FLASH_Erase_Sector(addresstmp, pFlash.VoltageForErase);
}
else
{
/*No more sectors to Erase, user callback can be called.*/
/*Reset Sector and stop Erase sectors procedure*/
pFlash.Sector = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
}
}
else
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
{
/* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
/* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Bank);
}
else
{
/*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
}
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG, SER, SNB and MER Bits */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_SER | FLASH_CR_SNB | FLASH_MER_BIT));
/* Disable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
/* Disable Error source interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
}
/**
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
* Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased
* (if 0xFFFFFFFFU, it means that all the selected sectors have been erased)
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
* Sectors Erase: Sector number which returned an error
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
memory operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
{
if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
{
if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1;
FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
{
/* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */
*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
* @brief Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be a combination of:
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
*/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
{
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
* @param Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* Clear Error Code */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET)
{
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) != RESET)
{
/*Save the error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* If there is no error flag set */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 2.7V to 3.6V and Vpp in the range 7V to 9V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 2.7V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 2.1V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 1.8V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
{
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
/* Clear FLASH write protection error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA;
/* Clear FLASH Programming alignment error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP;
/* Clear FLASH Programming parallelism error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS;
/* Clear FLASH Programming sequence error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD;
/* Clear FLASH Proprietary readout protection error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION;
/* Clear FLASH Operation error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief FLASH RAMFUNC module driver.
* This file provides a FLASH firmware functions which should be
* executed from internal SRAM
* + Stop/Start the flash interface while System Run
* + Enable/Disable the flash sleep while System Run
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### APIs executed from Internal RAM #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** ARM Compiler ***
--------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate
source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change
the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the
Options for Target' dialog.
*** ICCARM Compiler ***
-----------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
*** GNU Compiler ***
--------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
"__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC FLASH RAMFUNC
* @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH RAMFUNC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions executed from internal RAM
* @brief Peripheral Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### ramfunc functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM
transfers.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Stop the flash interface while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval None
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Stop the flash interface while System Run */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Start the flash interface while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval None
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Start the flash interface while System Run */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the flash sleep while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode could n't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval None
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable the flash sleep while System Run */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the flash sleep while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval None
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable the flash sleep while System Run */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each
port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software
in several modes:
(+) Input mode
(+) Analog mode
(+) Output mode
(+) Alternate function mode
(+) External interrupt/event lines
[..]
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
[..]
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
[..]
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
[..]
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
[..]
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors
(16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
also be masked independently.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
or DAC output.
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
pins).
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000003U)
#define EXTI_MODE ((uint32_t)0x10000000U)
#define GPIO_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000U)
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000U)
#define RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00100000U)
#define FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00200000U)
#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE ((uint32_t)0x00000010U)
#define GPIO_NUMBER ((uint32_t)16U)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs
to be ready for use.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
{
uint32_t position;
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00U;
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U;
uint32_t temp = 0x00U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
/* Configure the port pins */
for(position = 0U; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
{
/* Get the IO position */
ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01U) << position;
/* Get the current IO position */
iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition;
if(iocurrent == ioposition)
{
/*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Alternate function parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
/* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U];
temp &= ~((uint32_t)0xFU << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07U) * 4U)) ;
temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & (uint32_t)0x07U) * 4U));
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U] = temp;
}
/* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
temp = GPIOx->MODER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2U));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2U));
GPIOx->MODER = temp;
/* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
(GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
/* Configure the IO Speed */
temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2U));
temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2U));
GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4U) << position);
GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
}
/* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2U));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2U));
GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
{
/* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U];
temp &= ~(((uint32_t)0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U] = temp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
temp = EXTI->IMR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->IMR = temp;
temp = EXTI->EMR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->EMR = temp;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
temp = EXTI->RTSR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->RTSR = temp;
temp = EXTI->FTSR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->FTSR = temp;
}
}
}
}
/**
* @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t position;
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00U;
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U;
uint32_t tmp = 0x00U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
/* Configure the port pins */
for(position = 0U; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
{
/* Get the IO position */
ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01U) << position;
/* Get the current IO position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ioposition;
if(iocurrent == ioposition)
{
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */
GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2U));
/* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U] &= ~((uint32_t)0xFU << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07U) * 4U)) ;
/* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2U));
/* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
/* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2U));
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U];
tmp &= (((uint32_t)0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
if(tmp == ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))))
{
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U] &= ~tmp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
}
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief GPIO Read and Write
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
*
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
*
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16U;
}
}
/**
* @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins.
* @param GPIOx: Where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
}
/**
* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
* until the next reset.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F4 family
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK bit*/
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET)
{
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET)
{
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
}
}
/**
* @brief EXTI line detection callbacks.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR PWR
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
* @{
*/
#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000U)
#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000U)
#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001U)
#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002U)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted
write accesses.
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
(+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
(+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
}
/**
* @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
* @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
* @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
*** PVD configuration ***
=========================
[..]
(+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
(+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
*** Wake-up pin configuration ***
================================
[..]
(+) Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is
forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
(+) There is one Wake-up pin: Wake-up Pin 1 on PA.00.
(++) For STM32F446xx there are two Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00 and Pin2 on PC.13
(++) For STM32F410xx there are three Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00, Pin2 on PC.00 and Pin3 on PC.01
*** Low Power modes configuration ***
=====================================
[..]
The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
(+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
(+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator
in low power mode
(+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off.
*** Sleep mode ***
==================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
functions with
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
-@@- The Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family
and is kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility with the
lower power families (STM32L).
(+) Exit:
Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
*** Stop mode ***
=================
[..]
In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
are preserved.
The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before
entering the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function.
It can be switched on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using
the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown() function.
(+) Entry:
The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
function with:
(++) Main regulator ON.
(++) Low Power regulator ON.
(+) Exit:
Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
*** Standby mode ***
====================
[..]
(+)
The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
on the Cortex-M4 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby
circuitry.
The voltage regulator is OFF.
(++) Entry:
(+++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
(++) Exit:
(+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wake-up,
tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
*** Auto-wake-up (AWU) from low-power mode ***
=============================================
[..]
(+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
Wake-up event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
an external interrupt (Auto-wake-up mode).
(+) RTC auto-wake-up (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Wake-up event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC Wake-up event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
* information for the PVD.
* @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
* more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
* detection level.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
/* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
/* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
/* Configure interrupt mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
}
/* Configure event mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
}
/* Configure the edge */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
}
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Wake-up PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 available only on STM32F410xx/STM32F446xx devices
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 available only on STM32F410xx devices
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Enable the wake up pin */
SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Wake-up PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 available only on STM32F410xx/STM32F446xx devices
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 available only on STM32F410xx devices
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Disable the wake up pin */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
}
/**
* @brief Enters Sleep mode.
*
* @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
*
* @note In Sleep mode, the systick is stopped to avoid exit from this mode with
* systick interrupt when used as time base for Timeout
*
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
* @note This parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family and is kept as parameter
* just to maintain compatibility with the lower power families.
* @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enters Stop mode.
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
* @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
/* Select the regulator state in Stop mode: Set PDDS and LPDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, (PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS), Regulator);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enters Standby mode.
* @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
* - Reset pad (still available)
* - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
* Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
* - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp.
* - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) if enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
{
/* Select Standby mode */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
__force_stores();
#endif
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
* @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
{
/* Check PWR Exti flag */
if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
{
/* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
/* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
}
}
/**
* @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
* interruptions handling.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,648 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.4
* @date 22-January-2016
* @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of PWR extension peripheral:
* + Peripheral Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000U
#define PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000U
#define PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000U
#define PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended features functions
* @brief Peripheral Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
*** Main and Backup Regulators configuration ***
================================================
[..]
(+) The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from
the CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is
retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator
is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is
always present. You can use the HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() function to
enable the low power backup regulator.
(+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD)
the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to
save battery life.
(+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read
protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private
key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through
the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to
level 0 is requested.
-@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash
programming manual.
(+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between
performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at
the maximum frequency. This is done through __HAL_PWR_MAINREGULATORMODE_CONFIG()
macro which configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register
Refer to the product datasheets for more details.
*** FLASH Power Down configuration ****
=======================================
[..]
(+) By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the
HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function, the Flash memory also enters power
down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory
is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when
waking up from Stop mode.
(+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, the scale can be modified only when the PLL
is OFF and the HSI or HSE clock source is selected as system clock.
The new value programmed is active only when the PLL is ON.
When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected.
Refer to the datasheets for more details.
*** Over-Drive and Under-Drive configuration ****
=================================================
[..]
(+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, in Run mode: the main regulator has
2 operating modes available:
(++) Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given
voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3)
(++) Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a
higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1,
scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive() function and
disabled by HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive() function, to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow
the sequence described in Reference manual.
(+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, in Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator
supplies a low power voltage to the 1.2V domain, thus preserving the content of registers
and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available:
(++) Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only
available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or
low voltage mode.
(++) Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only
available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables the Backup Regulator.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) == RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Backup Regulator.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) != RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Return Voltage Scaling Range.
* @retval The configured scale for the regulator voltage(VOS bit field).
* The returned value can be one of the following:
* - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode
* - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode
* - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode
*/
uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void)
{
return (PWR->CR & PWR_CR_VOS);
}
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
/**
* @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
* @param VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK = 168 MHz.
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK = 144 MHz.
* @note When moving from Range 1 to Range 2, the system frequency must be decreased to
* a value below 144 MHz before calling HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API.
* When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the system frequency can be increased to
* a value up to 168 MHz after calling HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling));
/* Enable PWR RCC Clock Peripheral */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Set Range */
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling);
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
#elif defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || \
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || \
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || \
defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
* @param VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK is 168 MHz. It can be extended to
* 180 MHz by activating the over-drive mode.
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK is 144 MHz. It can be extended to,
* 168 MHz by activating the over-drive mode.
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output range 3 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK is 120 MHz.
* @note To update the system clock frequency(SYSCLK):
* - Set the HSI or HSE as system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* - Call the HAL_RCC_OscConfig() to configure the PLL.
* - Call HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API to adjust the voltage scale.
* - Set the new system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note The scale can be modified only when the HSI or HSE clock source is selected
* as system clock source, otherwise the API returns HAL_ERROR.
* @note When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected and the VOS bits
* value in the PWR_CR1 register are not taken in account.
* @note This API forces the PLL state ON to allow the possibility to configure the voltage scale 1 or 2.
* @note The new voltage scale is active only when the PLL is ON.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling));
/* Enable PWR RCC Clock Peripheral */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
{
/* Disable the main PLL */
__HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
/* Get Start Tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLL is disabled */
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Set Range */
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling);
/* Enable the main PLL */
__HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
/* Get Start Tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLL is ready */
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Get Start Tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Enables Wakeup Pin Detection on high level (rising edge).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityRisingEdge(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_WUPP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Enables Wakeup Pin Detection on low level (falling edge).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityFallingEdge(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_WUPP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
#endif /* STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) ||\
defined(STM32F411xE)
/**
* @brief Enables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Enables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Activates the Over-Drive mode.
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx devices.
* This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
* than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
* @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
* critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
* During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
* The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable the Over-drive to extend the clock frequency to 180 Mhz */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Enable the Over-drive switch */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivates the Over-Drive mode.
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx devices.
* This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
* than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
* @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
* critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
* During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
* The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable the Over-drive switch */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Disable the Over-drive */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode.
*
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F42xxx/STM324F3xxx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx devices.
*
* @note This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active
*
* @note This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode.
* In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This
* mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator
* is in low voltage mode
*
* @note If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after
* exiting Stop mode.
* When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional
* startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode.
*
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
*
* @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
*
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
*
* @param Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Main Regulator in under-drive mode
* and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode
* and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
* @param STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U;
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable the Under-drive Mode ---------------------------------------------*/
/* Clear Under-drive flag */
__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG();
/* Enable the Under-drive */
__HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for UnderDrive mode is ready */
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_UDRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
tmpreg1 = PWR->CR;
/* Clear PDDS, LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits */
tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS | PWR_CR_LPUDS | PWR_CR_MRUDS);
/* Set LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */
tmpreg1 |= Regulator;
/* Store the new value */
PWR->CR = tmpreg1;
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
/* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
if(STOPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__WFE();
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Application specific definitions.
*
* These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
* application requirements.
*
* THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE
* FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE.
*
* See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
/* Section where include file can be added */
/* USER CODE END Includes */
/* Ensure stdint is only used by the compiler, and not the assembler. */
#if defined(__ICCARM__) || defined(__CC_ARM) || defined(__GNUC__)
#include <stdint.h>
#include "mxconstants.h"
extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */
extern void configureTimerForRunTimeStats(void);
extern unsigned long getRunTimeCounterValue(void);
/* USER CODE END 0 */
#endif
#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 0
#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0
#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0
#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ( SystemCoreClock )
#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ((TickType_t)1000)
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( 7 )
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)128)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)15360)
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ( 16 )
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 1
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1
#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 1
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 1
#define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY 0
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ( 2 )
/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
to exclude the API function. */
#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 1
/* Cortex-M specific definitions. */
#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
/* __BVIC_PRIO_BITS will be specified when CMSIS is being used. */
#define configPRIO_BITS __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
#else
#define configPRIO_BITS 4
#endif
/* The lowest interrupt priority that can be used in a call to a "set priority"
function. */
#define configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 15
/* The highest interrupt priority that can be used by any interrupt service
routine that makes calls to interrupt safe FreeRTOS API functions. DO NOT CALL
INTERRUPT SAFE FREERTOS API FUNCTIONS FROM ANY INTERRUPT THAT HAS A HIGHER
PRIORITY THAN THIS! (higher priorities are lower numeric values. */
#define configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 5
/* Interrupt priorities used by the kernel port layer itself. These are generic
to all Cortex-M ports, and do not rely on any particular library functions. */
#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
/* !!!! configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to zero !!!!
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html. */
#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
header file. */
/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
#define configASSERT( x ) if ((x) == 0) {taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); for( ;; );}
/* USER CODE END 1 */
/* Definitions that map the FreeRTOS port interrupt handlers to their CMSIS
standard names. */
#define vPortSVCHandler SVC_Handler
#define xPortPendSVHandler PendSV_Handler
/* IMPORTANT: This define MUST be commented when used with STM32Cube firmware,
to prevent overwriting SysTick_Handler defined within STM32Cube HAL */
/* #define xPortSysTickHandler SysTick_Handler */
/* USER CODE BEGIN 2 */
/* Definitions needed when configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is on */
#define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS configureTimerForRunTimeStats
#define portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE getRunTimeCounterValue
/* USER CODE END 2 */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Defines */
/* Section where parameter definitions can be added (for instance, to override default ones in FreeRTOS.h) */
/* USER CODE END Defines */
#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* File Name : mxconstants.h
* Description : This file contains the common defines of the application
******************************************************************************
*
* COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
/* USER CODE END Includes */
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define CS_I2C_SPI_Pin GPIO_PIN_3
#define CS_I2C_SPI_GPIO_Port GPIOE
#define PC14_OSC32_IN_Pin GPIO_PIN_14
#define PC14_OSC32_IN_GPIO_Port GPIOC
#define PC15_OSC32_OUT_Pin GPIO_PIN_15
#define PC15_OSC32_OUT_GPIO_Port GPIOC
#define PH0_OSC_IN_Pin GPIO_PIN_0
#define PH0_OSC_IN_GPIO_Port GPIOH
#define PH1_OSC_OUT_Pin GPIO_PIN_1
#define PH1_OSC_OUT_GPIO_Port GPIOH
#define OTG_FS_PowerSwitchOn_Pin GPIO_PIN_0
#define OTG_FS_PowerSwitchOn_GPIO_Port GPIOC
#define PDM_OUT_Pin GPIO_PIN_3
#define PDM_OUT_GPIO_Port GPIOC
#define B1_Pin GPIO_PIN_0
#define B1_GPIO_Port GPIOA
#define BOOT1_Pin GPIO_PIN_2
#define BOOT1_GPIO_Port GPIOB
#define CLK_IN_Pin GPIO_PIN_10
#define CLK_IN_GPIO_Port GPIOB
#define RADIO_IRQ_Pin GPIO_PIN_14
#define RADIO_IRQ_GPIO_Port GPIOB
#define RADIO_CE_Pin GPIO_PIN_8
#define RADIO_CE_GPIO_Port GPIOD
#define RADIO_CSN_Pin GPIO_PIN_9
#define RADIO_CSN_GPIO_Port GPIOD
#define LD4_Pin GPIO_PIN_12
#define LD4_GPIO_Port GPIOD
#define LD3_Pin GPIO_PIN_13
#define LD3_GPIO_Port GPIOD
#define LD5_Pin GPIO_PIN_14
#define LD5_GPIO_Port GPIOD
#define LD6_Pin GPIO_PIN_15
#define LD6_GPIO_Port GPIOD
#define VBUS_FS_Pin GPIO_PIN_9
#define VBUS_FS_GPIO_Port GPIOA
#define OTG_FS_ID_Pin GPIO_PIN_10
#define OTG_FS_ID_GPIO_Port GPIOA
#define OTG_FS_DM_Pin GPIO_PIN_11
#define OTG_FS_DM_GPIO_Port GPIOA
#define OTG_FS_DP_Pin GPIO_PIN_12
#define OTG_FS_DP_GPIO_Port GPIOA
#define SWDIO_Pin GPIO_PIN_13
#define SWDIO_GPIO_Port GPIOA
#define SWCLK_Pin GPIO_PIN_14
#define SWCLK_GPIO_Port GPIOA
#define I2S3_SCK_Pin GPIO_PIN_10
#define I2S3_SCK_GPIO_Port GPIOC
#define Audio_RST_Pin GPIO_PIN_4
#define Audio_RST_GPIO_Port GPIOD
#define OTG_FS_OverCurrent_Pin GPIO_PIN_5
#define OTG_FS_OverCurrent_GPIO_Port GPIOD
#define SWO_Pin GPIO_PIN_3
#define SWO_GPIO_Port GPIOB
#define Audio_SCL_Pin GPIO_PIN_6
#define Audio_SCL_GPIO_Port GPIOB
#define Audio_SDA_Pin GPIO_PIN_9
#define Audio_SDA_GPIO_Port GPIOB
#define MEMS_INT2_Pin GPIO_PIN_1
#define MEMS_INT2_GPIO_Port GPIOE
/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */
/* USER CODE END Private defines */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h
* @brief HAL configuration file.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "mxconstants.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* ########################## Module Selection ############################## */
/**
* @brief This is the list of modules to be used in the HAL driver
*/
#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED
#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
#define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED
//#define HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED
#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
#define HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
/* ########################## HSE/HSI Values adaptation ##################### */
/**
* @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application.
* This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
* (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
*/
#if !defined (HSE_VALUE)
#define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000U) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */
#endif /* HSE_VALUE */
#if !defined (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
#define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)100U) /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */
#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
/**
* @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value.
* This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
* (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
*/
#if !defined (HSI_VALUE)
#define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)16000000U) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/
#endif /* HSI_VALUE */
/**
* @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value.
*/
#if !defined (LSI_VALUE)
#define LSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)32000U) /*!< LSI Typical Value in Hz*/
#endif /* LSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz
The real value may vary depending on the variations
in voltage and temperature.*/
/**
* @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) value.
*/
#if !defined (LSE_VALUE)
#define LSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)32768U) /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */
#endif /* LSE_VALUE */
#if !defined (LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
#define LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)5000U) /*!< Time out for LSE start up, in ms */
#endif /* LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
/**
* @brief External clock source for I2S peripheral
* This value is used by the I2S HAL module to compute the I2S clock source
* frequency, this source is inserted directly through I2S_CKIN pad.
*/
#if !defined (EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE)
#define EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE ((uint32_t)12288000U) /*!< Value of the External audio frequency in Hz*/
#endif /* EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE */
/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE,
=== you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */
/* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */
/**
* @brief This is the HAL system configuration section
*/
#define VDD_VALUE ((uint32_t)3300U) /*!< Value of VDD in mv */
#define TICK_INT_PRIORITY ((uint32_t)0U) /*!< tick interrupt priority */
#define USE_RTOS 0U
#define PREFETCH_ENABLE 1U
#define INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE 1U
#define DATA_CACHE_ENABLE 1U
/* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */
/**
* @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the
* HAL drivers code
*/
/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1U */
/* ################## Ethernet peripheral configuration ##################### */
/* Section 1 : Ethernet peripheral configuration */
/* MAC ADDRESS: MAC_ADDR0:MAC_ADDR1:MAC_ADDR2:MAC_ADDR3:MAC_ADDR4:MAC_ADDR5 */
#define MAC_ADDR0 2U
#define MAC_ADDR1 0U
#define MAC_ADDR2 0U
#define MAC_ADDR3 0U
#define MAC_ADDR4 0U
#define MAC_ADDR5 0U
/* Definition of the Ethernet driver buffers size and count */
#define ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for receive */
#define ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for transmit */
#define ETH_RXBUFNB ((uint32_t)4U) /* 4 Rx buffers of size ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE */
#define ETH_TXBUFNB ((uint32_t)4U) /* 4 Tx buffers of size ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE */
/* Section 2: PHY configuration section */
/* DP83848 PHY Address*/
#define DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS 0x01U
/* PHY Reset delay these values are based on a 1 ms Systick interrupt*/
#define PHY_RESET_DELAY ((uint32_t)0x000000FFU)
/* PHY Configuration delay */
#define PHY_CONFIG_DELAY ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU)
#define PHY_READ_TO ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFFU)
#define PHY_WRITE_TO ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFFU)
/* Section 3: Common PHY Registers */
#define PHY_BCR ((uint16_t)0x0000U) /*!< Transceiver Basic Control Register */
#define PHY_BSR ((uint16_t)0x0001U) /*!< Transceiver Basic Status Register */
#define PHY_RESET ((uint16_t)0x8000U) /*!< PHY Reset */
#define PHY_LOOPBACK ((uint16_t)0x4000U) /*!< Select loop-back mode */
#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2100U) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */
#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2000U) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */
#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0100U) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */
#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0000U) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */
#define PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x1000U) /*!< Enable auto-negotiation function */
#define PHY_RESTART_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x0200U) /*!< Restart auto-negotiation function */
#define PHY_POWERDOWN ((uint16_t)0x0800U) /*!< Select the power down mode */
#define PHY_ISOLATE ((uint16_t)0x0400U) /*!< Isolate PHY from MII */
#define PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE ((uint16_t)0x0020U) /*!< Auto-Negotiation process completed */
#define PHY_LINKED_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0004U) /*!< Valid link established */
#define PHY_JABBER_DETECTION ((uint16_t)0x0002U) /*!< Jabber condition detected */
/* Section 4: Extended PHY Registers */
#define PHY_SR ((uint16_t)0x0010U) /*!< PHY status register Offset */
#define PHY_MICR ((uint16_t)0x0011U) /*!< MII Interrupt Control Register */
#define PHY_MISR ((uint16_t)0x0012U) /*!< MII Interrupt Status and Misc. Control Register */
#define PHY_LINK_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0001U) /*!< PHY Link mask */
#define PHY_SPEED_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0002U) /*!< PHY Speed mask */
#define PHY_DUPLEX_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0004U) /*!< PHY Duplex mask */
#define PHY_MICR_INT_EN ((uint16_t)0x0002U) /*!< PHY Enable interrupts */
#define PHY_MICR_INT_OE ((uint16_t)0x0001U) /*!< PHY Enable output interrupt events */
#define PHY_MISR_LINK_INT_EN ((uint16_t)0x0020U) /*!< Enable Interrupt on change of link status */
#define PHY_LINK_INTERRUPT ((uint16_t)0x2000U) /*!< PHY link status interrupt mask */
/* ################## SPI peripheral configuration ########################## */
/* CRC FEATURE: Use to activate CRC feature inside HAL SPI Driver
* Activated: CRC code is present inside driver
* Deactivated: CRC code cleaned from driver
*/
#define USE_SPI_CRC 0U
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief Include module's header file
*/
#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h"
#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h"
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h"
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h"
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_adc.h"
#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_can.h"
#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_crc.h"
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.h"
#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.h"
#endif /* HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dac.h"
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.h"
#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_eth.h"
#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h"
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sram.h"
#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_nor.h"
#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_nand.h"
#endif /* HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.h"
#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.h"
#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_hash.h"
#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.h"
#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.h"
#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.h"
#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.h"
#endif /* HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h"
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rng.h"
#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.h"
#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sai.h"
#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sd.h"
#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h"
#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h"
#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h"
#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_usart.h"
#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_irda.h"
#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.h"
#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.h"
#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h"
#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.h"
#endif /* HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dsi.h"
#endif /* HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.h"
#endif /* HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cec.h"
#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.h"
#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.h"
#endif /* HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */
#ifdef HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_lptim.h"
#endif /* HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
/**
* @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
* @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function
* which reports the name of the source file and the source
* line number of the call that failed.
* If expr is true, it returns no value.
* @retval None
*/
#define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0 : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_it.h
* @brief This file contains the headers of the interrupt handlers.
******************************************************************************
*
* COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_IT_H
#define __STM32F4xx_IT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void SysTick_Handler(void);
void PVD_IRQHandler(void);
void TIM2_IRQHandler(void);
void EXTI15_10_IRQHandler(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_IT_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
@@ -0,0 +1,950 @@
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
* $Date: 5. February 2013
* $Revision: V1.02
*
* Project: CMSIS-RTOS API
* Title: cmsis_os.h header file
*
* Version 0.02
* Initial Proposal Phase
* Version 0.03
* osKernelStart added, optional feature: main started as thread
* osSemaphores have standard behavior
* osTimerCreate does not start the timer, added osTimerStart
* osThreadPass is renamed to osThreadYield
* Version 1.01
* Support for C++ interface
* - const attribute removed from the osXxxxDef_t typedef's
* - const attribute added to the osXxxxDef macros
* Added: osTimerDelete, osMutexDelete, osSemaphoreDelete
* Added: osKernelInitialize
* Version 1.02
* Control functions for short timeouts in microsecond resolution:
* Added: osKernelSysTick, osKernelSysTickFrequency, osKernelSysTickMicroSec
* Removed: osSignalGet
*
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Portions COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
* Portions Copyright (c) 2013 ARM LIMITED
* All rights reserved.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* - Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
* to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
* specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
* LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
* SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
* ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
* POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file cmsis_os.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @date 27-March-2015
* @brief Header of cmsis_os.c
* A new set of APIs are added in addition to existing ones, these APIs
* are specific to FreeRTOS.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static __inline
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only available in High optimization mode! */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "core_cmFunc.h"
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "semphr.h"
#include "event_groups.h"
/**
\page cmsis_os_h Header File Template: cmsis_os.h
The file \b cmsis_os.h is a template header file for a CMSIS-RTOS compliant Real-Time Operating System (RTOS).
Each RTOS that is compliant with CMSIS-RTOS shall provide a specific \b cmsis_os.h header file that represents
its implementation.
The file cmsis_os.h contains:
- CMSIS-RTOS API function definitions
- struct definitions for parameters and return types
- status and priority values used by CMSIS-RTOS API functions
- macros for defining threads and other kernel objects
<b>Name conventions and header file modifications</b>
All definitions are prefixed with \b os to give an unique name space for CMSIS-RTOS functions.
Definitions that are prefixed \b os_ are not used in the application code but local to this header file.
All definitions and functions that belong to a module are grouped and have a common prefix, i.e. \b osThread.
Definitions that are marked with <b>CAN BE CHANGED</b> can be adapted towards the needs of the actual CMSIS-RTOS implementation.
These definitions can be specific to the underlying RTOS kernel.
Definitions that are marked with <b>MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED</b> cannot be altered. Otherwise the CMSIS-RTOS implementation is no longer
compliant to the standard. Note that some functions are optional and need not to be provided by every CMSIS-RTOS implementation.
<b>Function calls from interrupt service routines</b>
The following CMSIS-RTOS functions can be called from threads and interrupt service routines (ISR):
- \ref osSignalSet
- \ref osSemaphoreRelease
- \ref osPoolAlloc, \ref osPoolCAlloc, \ref osPoolFree
- \ref osMessagePut, \ref osMessageGet
- \ref osMailAlloc, \ref osMailCAlloc, \ref osMailGet, \ref osMailPut, \ref osMailFree
Functions that cannot be called from an ISR are verifying the interrupt status and return in case that they are called
from an ISR context the status code \b osErrorISR. In some implementations this condition might be caught using the HARD FAULT vector.
Some CMSIS-RTOS implementations support CMSIS-RTOS function calls from multiple ISR at the same time.
If this is impossible, the CMSIS-RTOS rejects calls by nested ISR functions with the status code \b osErrorISRRecursive.
<b>Define and reference object definitions</b>
With <b>\#define osObjectsExternal</b> objects are defined as external symbols. This allows to create a consistent header file
that is used throughout a project as shown below:
<i>Header File</i>
\code
#include <cmsis_os.h> // CMSIS RTOS header file
// Thread definition
extern void thread_sample (void const *argument); // function prototype
osThreadDef (thread_sample, osPriorityBelowNormal, 1, 100);
// Pool definition
osPoolDef(MyPool, 10, long);
\endcode
This header file defines all objects when included in a C/C++ source file. When <b>\#define osObjectsExternal</b> is
present before the header file, the objects are defined as external symbols. A single consistent header file can therefore be
used throughout the whole project.
<i>Example</i>
\code
#include "osObjects.h" // Definition of the CMSIS-RTOS objects
\endcode
\code
#define osObjectExternal // Objects will be defined as external symbols
#include "osObjects.h" // Reference to the CMSIS-RTOS objects
\endcode
*/
#ifndef _CMSIS_OS_H
#define _CMSIS_OS_H
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osCMSIS identifies the CMSIS-RTOS API version.
#define osCMSIS 0x10002 ///< API version (main [31:16] .sub [15:0])
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b osCMSIS_KERNEL identifies the underlying RTOS kernel and version number.
#define osCMSIS_KERNEL 0x10000 ///< RTOS identification and version (main [31:16] .sub [15:0])
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osKernelSystemId shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osKernelSystemId "KERNEL V1.00" ///< RTOS identification string
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osFeature_xxx shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osFeature_MainThread 1 ///< main thread 1=main can be thread, 0=not available
#define osFeature_Pool 1 ///< Memory Pools: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_MailQ 1 ///< Mail Queues: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_MessageQ 1 ///< Message Queues: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_Signals 8 ///< maximum number of Signal Flags available per thread
#define osFeature_Semaphore 1 ///< osFeature_Semaphore function: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_Wait 0 ///< osWait function: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_SysTick 1 ///< osKernelSysTick functions: 1=available, 0=not available
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
// ==== Enumeration, structures, defines ====
/// Priority used for thread control.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osPriority shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef enum {
osPriorityIdle = -3, ///< priority: idle (lowest)
osPriorityLow = -2, ///< priority: low
osPriorityBelowNormal = -1, ///< priority: below normal
osPriorityNormal = 0, ///< priority: normal (default)
osPriorityAboveNormal = +1, ///< priority: above normal
osPriorityHigh = +2, ///< priority: high
osPriorityRealtime = +3, ///< priority: realtime (highest)
osPriorityError = 0x84 ///< system cannot determine priority or thread has illegal priority
} osPriority;
/// Timeout value.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osWaitForever shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osWaitForever 0xFFFFFFFF ///< wait forever timeout value
/// Status code values returned by CMSIS-RTOS functions.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osStatus shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef enum {
osOK = 0, ///< function completed; no error or event occurred.
osEventSignal = 0x08, ///< function completed; signal event occurred.
osEventMessage = 0x10, ///< function completed; message event occurred.
osEventMail = 0x20, ///< function completed; mail event occurred.
osEventTimeout = 0x40, ///< function completed; timeout occurred.
osErrorParameter = 0x80, ///< parameter error: a mandatory parameter was missing or specified an incorrect object.
osErrorResource = 0x81, ///< resource not available: a specified resource was not available.
osErrorTimeoutResource = 0xC1, ///< resource not available within given time: a specified resource was not available within the timeout period.
osErrorISR = 0x82, ///< not allowed in ISR context: the function cannot be called from interrupt service routines.
osErrorISRRecursive = 0x83, ///< function called multiple times from ISR with same object.
osErrorPriority = 0x84, ///< system cannot determine priority or thread has illegal priority.
osErrorNoMemory = 0x85, ///< system is out of memory: it was impossible to allocate or reserve memory for the operation.
osErrorValue = 0x86, ///< value of a parameter is out of range.
osErrorOS = 0xFF, ///< unspecified RTOS error: run-time error but no other error message fits.
os_status_reserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< prevent from enum down-size compiler optimization.
} osStatus;
#if ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 )
/* Thread state returned by osThreadGetState */
typedef enum {
osThreadRunning = 0x0, /* A thread is querying the state of itself, so must be running. */
osThreadReady = 0x1 , /* The thread being queried is in a read or pending ready list. */
osThreadBlocked = 0x2, /* The thread being queried is in the Blocked state. */
osThreadSuspended = 0x3, /* The thread being queried is in the Suspended state, or is in the Blocked state with an infinite time out. */
osThreadDeleted = 0x4, /* The thread being queried has been deleted, but its TCB has not yet been freed. */
osThreadError = 0x7FFFFFFF
} osThreadState;
#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
/// Timer type value for the timer definition.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b os_timer_type shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef enum {
osTimerOnce = 0, ///< one-shot timer
osTimerPeriodic = 1 ///< repeating timer
} os_timer_type;
/// Entry point of a thread.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b os_pthread shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef void (*os_pthread) (void const *argument);
/// Entry point of a timer call back function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b os_ptimer shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef void (*os_ptimer) (void const *argument);
// >>> the following data type definitions may shall adapted towards a specific RTOS
/// Thread ID identifies the thread (pointer to a thread control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_thread_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef TaskHandle_t osThreadId;
/// Timer ID identifies the timer (pointer to a timer control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_timer_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef TimerHandle_t osTimerId;
/// Mutex ID identifies the mutex (pointer to a mutex control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_mutex_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef SemaphoreHandle_t osMutexId;
/// Semaphore ID identifies the semaphore (pointer to a semaphore control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_semaphore_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef SemaphoreHandle_t osSemaphoreId;
/// Pool ID identifies the memory pool (pointer to a memory pool control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_pool_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_pool_cb *osPoolId;
/// Message ID identifies the message queue (pointer to a message queue control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_messageQ_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef QueueHandle_t osMessageQId;
/// Mail ID identifies the mail queue (pointer to a mail queue control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_mailQ_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_mailQ_cb *osMailQId;
/// Thread Definition structure contains startup information of a thread.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_thread_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_thread_def {
char *name; ///< Thread name
os_pthread pthread; ///< start address of thread function
osPriority tpriority; ///< initial thread priority
uint32_t instances; ///< maximum number of instances of that thread function
uint32_t stacksize; ///< stack size requirements in bytes; 0 is default stack size
} osThreadDef_t;
/// Timer Definition structure contains timer parameters.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_timer_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_timer_def {
os_ptimer ptimer; ///< start address of a timer function
} osTimerDef_t;
/// Mutex Definition structure contains setup information for a mutex.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_mutex_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_mutex_def {
uint32_t dummy; ///< dummy value.
} osMutexDef_t;
/// Semaphore Definition structure contains setup information for a semaphore.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_semaphore_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_semaphore_def {
uint32_t dummy; ///< dummy value.
} osSemaphoreDef_t;
/// Definition structure for memory block allocation.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_pool_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_pool_def {
uint32_t pool_sz; ///< number of items (elements) in the pool
uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item
void *pool; ///< pointer to memory for pool
} osPoolDef_t;
/// Definition structure for message queue.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_messageQ_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_messageQ_def {
uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue
uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item
//void *pool; ///< memory array for messages
} osMessageQDef_t;
/// Definition structure for mail queue.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_mailQ_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_mailQ_def {
uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue
uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item
struct os_mailQ_cb **cb;
} osMailQDef_t;
/// Event structure contains detailed information about an event.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b os_event shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
/// However the struct may be extended at the end.
typedef struct {
osStatus status; ///< status code: event or error information
union {
uint32_t v; ///< message as 32-bit value
void *p; ///< message or mail as void pointer
int32_t signals; ///< signal flags
} value; ///< event value
union {
osMailQId mail_id; ///< mail id obtained by \ref osMailCreate
osMessageQId message_id; ///< message id obtained by \ref osMessageCreate
} def; ///< event definition
} osEvent;
// ==== Kernel Control Functions ====
/// Initialize the RTOS Kernel for creating objects.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osKernelInitialize shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osKernelInitialize (void);
/// Start the RTOS Kernel.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osKernelStart shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osKernelStart (void);
/// Check if the RTOS kernel is already started.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osKernelRunning shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
/// \return 0 RTOS is not started, 1 RTOS is started.
int32_t osKernelRunning(void);
#if (defined (osFeature_SysTick) && (osFeature_SysTick != 0)) // System Timer available
/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer counter
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osKernelSysTick shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
/// \return RTOS kernel system timer as 32-bit value
uint32_t osKernelSysTick (void);
/// The RTOS kernel system timer frequency in Hz
/// \note Reflects the system timer setting and is typically defined in a configuration file.
#define osKernelSysTickFrequency (configTICK_RATE_HZ)
/// Convert a microseconds value to a RTOS kernel system timer value.
/// \param microsec time value in microseconds.
/// \return time value normalized to the \ref osKernelSysTickFrequency
#define osKernelSysTickMicroSec(microsec) (((uint64_t)microsec * (osKernelSysTickFrequency)) / 1000000)
#endif // System Timer available
// ==== Thread Management ====
/// Create a Thread Definition with function, priority, and stack requirements.
/// \param name name of the thread function.
/// \param priority initial priority of the thread function.
/// \param instances number of possible thread instances.
/// \param stacksz stack size (in bytes) requirements for the thread function.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameters to \b osThreadDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osThreadDef(name, thread, priority, instances, stacksz) \
extern const osThreadDef_t os_thread_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osThreadDef(name, thread, priority, instances, stacksz) \
const osThreadDef_t os_thread_def_##name = \
{ #name, (thread), (priority), (instances), (stacksz) }
#endif
/// Access a Thread definition.
/// \param name name of the thread definition object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osThread shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osThread(name) \
&os_thread_def_##name
/// Create a thread and add it to Active Threads and set it to state READY.
/// \param[in] thread_def thread definition referenced with \ref osThread.
/// \param[in] argument pointer that is passed to the thread function as start argument.
/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osThreadId osThreadCreate (const osThreadDef_t *thread_def, void *argument);
/// Return the thread ID of the current running thread.
/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadGetId shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osThreadId osThreadGetId (void);
/// Terminate execution of a thread and remove it from Active Threads.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadTerminate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osThreadTerminate (osThreadId thread_id);
/// Pass control to next thread that is in state \b READY.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadYield shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osThreadYield (void);
/// Change priority of an active thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] priority new priority value for the thread function.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadSetPriority shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osThreadSetPriority (osThreadId thread_id, osPriority priority);
/// Get current priority of an active thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return current priority value of the thread function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadGetPriority shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osPriority osThreadGetPriority (osThreadId thread_id);
// ==== Generic Wait Functions ====
/// Wait for Timeout (Time Delay).
/// \param[in] millisec time delay value
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus osDelay (uint32_t millisec);
#if (defined (osFeature_Wait) && (osFeature_Wait != 0)) // Generic Wait available
/// Wait for Signal, Message, Mail, or Timeout.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return event that contains signal, message, or mail information or error code.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osWait shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osEvent osWait (uint32_t millisec);
#endif // Generic Wait available
// ==== Timer Management Functions ====
/// Define a Timer object.
/// \param name name of the timer object.
/// \param function name of the timer call back function.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osTimerDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osTimerDef(name, function) \
extern const osTimerDef_t os_timer_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osTimerDef(name, function) \
const osTimerDef_t os_timer_def_##name = \
{ (function) }
#endif
/// Access a Timer definition.
/// \param name name of the timer object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osTimer shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osTimer(name) \
&os_timer_def_##name
/// Create a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_def timer object referenced with \ref osTimer.
/// \param[in] type osTimerOnce for one-shot or osTimerPeriodic for periodic behavior.
/// \param[in] argument argument to the timer call back function.
/// \return timer ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osTimerCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osTimerId osTimerCreate (const osTimerDef_t *timer_def, os_timer_type type, void *argument);
/// Start or restart a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec time delay value of the timer.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osTimerStart shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osTimerStart (osTimerId timer_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Stop the timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osTimerStop shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osTimerStop (osTimerId timer_id);
/// Delete a timer that was created by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osTimerDelete shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osTimerDelete (osTimerId timer_id);
// ==== Signal Management ====
/// Set the specified Signal Flags of an active thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] signals specifies the signal flags of the thread that should be set.
/// \return osOK if successful, osErrorOS if failed.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSignalSet shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
int32_t osSignalSet (osThreadId thread_id, int32_t signals);
/// Clear the specified Signal Flags of an active thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] signals specifies the signal flags of the thread that shall be cleared.
/// \return previous signal flags of the specified thread or 0x80000000 in case of incorrect parameters.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSignalClear shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
int32_t osSignalClear (osThreadId thread_id, int32_t signals);
/// Wait for one or more Signal Flags to become signaled for the current \b RUNNING thread.
/// \param[in] signals wait until all specified signal flags set or 0 for any single signal flag.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return event flag information or error code.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSignalWait shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osEvent osSignalWait (int32_t signals, uint32_t millisec);
// ==== Mutex Management ====
/// Define a Mutex.
/// \param name name of the mutex object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMutexDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osMutexDef(name) \
extern const osMutexDef_t os_mutex_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osMutexDef(name) \
const osMutexDef_t os_mutex_def_##name = { 0 }
#endif
/// Access a Mutex definition.
/// \param name name of the mutex object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMutex shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osMutex(name) \
&os_mutex_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Mutex object.
/// \param[in] mutex_def mutex definition referenced with \ref osMutex.
/// \return mutex ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMutexCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osMutexId osMutexCreate (const osMutexDef_t *mutex_def);
/// Wait until a Mutex becomes available.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMutexWait shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMutexWait (osMutexId mutex_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Release a Mutex that was obtained by \ref osMutexWait.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMutexRelease shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMutexRelease (osMutexId mutex_id);
/// Delete a Mutex that was created by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMutexDelete shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMutexDelete (osMutexId mutex_id);
// ==== Semaphore Management Functions ====
#if (defined (osFeature_Semaphore) && (osFeature_Semaphore != 0)) // Semaphore available
/// Define a Semaphore object.
/// \param name name of the semaphore object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osSemaphoreDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osSemaphoreDef(name) \
extern const osSemaphoreDef_t os_semaphore_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osSemaphoreDef(name) \
const osSemaphoreDef_t os_semaphore_def_##name = { 0 }
#endif
/// Access a Semaphore definition.
/// \param name name of the semaphore object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osSemaphore shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osSemaphore(name) \
&os_semaphore_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Semaphore object used for managing resources.
/// \param[in] semaphore_def semaphore definition referenced with \ref osSemaphore.
/// \param[in] count number of available resources.
/// \return semaphore ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSemaphoreCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osSemaphoreId osSemaphoreCreate (const osSemaphoreDef_t *semaphore_def, int32_t count);
/// Wait until a Semaphore token becomes available.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return number of available tokens, or -1 in case of incorrect parameters.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSemaphoreWait shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
int32_t osSemaphoreWait (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Release a Semaphore token.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSemaphoreRelease shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osSemaphoreRelease (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id);
/// Delete a Semaphore that was created by \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSemaphoreDelete shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osSemaphoreDelete (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id);
#endif // Semaphore available
// ==== Memory Pool Management Functions ====
#if (defined (osFeature_Pool) && (osFeature_Pool != 0)) // Memory Pool Management available
/// \brief Define a Memory Pool.
/// \param name name of the memory pool.
/// \param no maximum number of blocks (objects) in the memory pool.
/// \param type data type of a single block (object).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osPoolDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osPoolDef(name, no, type) \
extern const osPoolDef_t os_pool_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osPoolDef(name, no, type) \
const osPoolDef_t os_pool_def_##name = \
{ (no), sizeof(type), NULL }
#endif
/// \brief Access a Memory Pool definition.
/// \param name name of the memory pool
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osPool shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osPool(name) \
&os_pool_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a memory pool.
/// \param[in] pool_def memory pool definition referenced with \ref osPool.
/// \return memory pool ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osPoolCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osPoolId osPoolCreate (const osPoolDef_t *pool_def);
/// Allocate a memory block from a memory pool.
/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory available.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osPoolAlloc shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
void *osPoolAlloc (osPoolId pool_id);
/// Allocate a memory block from a memory pool and set memory block to zero.
/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory available.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osPoolCAlloc shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
void *osPoolCAlloc (osPoolId pool_id);
/// Return an allocated memory block back to a specific memory pool.
/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
/// \param[in] block address of the allocated memory block that is returned to the memory pool.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osPoolFree shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osPoolFree (osPoolId pool_id, void *block);
#endif // Memory Pool Management available
// ==== Message Queue Management Functions ====
#if (defined (osFeature_MessageQ) && (osFeature_MessageQ != 0)) // Message Queues available
/// \brief Create a Message Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue.
/// \param queue_sz maximum number of messages in the queue.
/// \param type data type of a single message element (for debugger).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMessageQDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osMessageQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
extern const osMessageQDef_t os_messageQ_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osMessageQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
const osMessageQDef_t os_messageQ_def_##name = \
{ (queue_sz), sizeof (type) }
#endif
/// \brief Access a Message Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMessageQ shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osMessageQ(name) \
&os_messageQ_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Message Queue.
/// \param[in] queue_def queue definition referenced with \ref osMessageQ.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID (obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId) or NULL.
/// \return message queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMessageCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osMessageQId osMessageCreate (const osMessageQDef_t *queue_def, osThreadId thread_id);
/// Put a Message to a Queue.
/// \param[in] queue_id message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate.
/// \param[in] info message information.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMessagePut shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMessagePut (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t info, uint32_t millisec);
/// Get a Message or Wait for a Message from a Queue.
/// \param[in] queue_id message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return event information that includes status code.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMessageGet shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osEvent osMessageGet (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
#endif // Message Queues available
// ==== Mail Queue Management Functions ====
#if (defined (osFeature_MailQ) && (osFeature_MailQ != 0)) // Mail Queues available
/// \brief Create a Mail Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue
/// \param queue_sz maximum number of messages in queue
/// \param type data type of a single message element
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMailQDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osMailQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
extern struct os_mailQ_cb *os_mailQ_cb_##name \
extern osMailQDef_t os_mailQ_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osMailQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
struct os_mailQ_cb *os_mailQ_cb_##name; \
const osMailQDef_t os_mailQ_def_##name = \
{ (queue_sz), sizeof (type), (&os_mailQ_cb_##name) }
#endif
/// \brief Access a Mail Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMailQ shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osMailQ(name) \
&os_mailQ_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize mail queue.
/// \param[in] queue_def reference to the mail queue definition obtain with \ref osMailQ
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID (obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId) or NULL.
/// \return mail queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osMailQId osMailCreate (const osMailQDef_t *queue_def, osThreadId thread_id);
/// Allocate a memory block from a mail.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return pointer to memory block that can be filled with mail or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailAlloc shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
void *osMailAlloc (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Allocate a memory block from a mail and set memory block to zero.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return pointer to memory block that can be filled with mail or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailCAlloc shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
void *osMailCAlloc (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Put a mail to a queue.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] mail memory block previously allocated with \ref osMailAlloc or \ref osMailCAlloc.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailPut shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMailPut (osMailQId queue_id, void *mail);
/// Get a mail from a queue.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return event that contains mail information or error code.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailGet shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osEvent osMailGet (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Free a memory block from a mail.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] mail pointer to the memory block that was obtained with \ref osMailGet.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailFree shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMailFree (osMailQId queue_id, void *mail);
#endif // Mail Queues available
/*************************** Additional specific APIs to Free RTOS ************/
/**
* @brief Handles the tick increment
* @param none.
* @retval none.
*/
void osSystickHandler(void);
#if ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 )
/**
* @brief Obtain the state of any thread.
* @param thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
* @retval the stae of the thread, states are encoded by the osThreadState enumerated type.
*/
osThreadState osThreadGetState(osThreadId thread_id);
#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
#if ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 )
/**
* @brief Check if a thread is already suspended or not.
* @param thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadIsSuspended(osThreadId thread_id);
#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
/**
* @brief Suspend execution of a thread.
* @param thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadSuspend (osThreadId thread_id);
/**
* @brief Resume execution of a suspended thread.
* @param thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadResume (osThreadId thread_id);
/**
* @brief Suspend execution of a all active threads.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadSuspendAll (void);
/**
* @brief Resume execution of a all suspended threads.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadResumeAll (void);
/**
* @brief Delay a task until a specified time
* @param PreviousWakeTime Pointer to a variable that holds the time at which the
* task was last unblocked. PreviousWakeTime must be initialised with the current time
* prior to its first use (PreviousWakeTime = osKernelSysTick() )
* @param millisec time delay value
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osDelayUntil (uint32_t *PreviousWakeTime, uint32_t millisec);
/**
* @brief Lists all the current threads, along with their current state
* and stack usage high water mark.
* @param buffer A buffer into which the above mentioned details
* will be written
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadList (uint8_t *buffer);
/**
* @brief Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue.
* @param queue_id message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate.
* @param millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
* @retval event information that includes status code.
*/
osEvent osMessagePeek (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/**
* @brief Create and Initialize a Recursive Mutex
* @param mutex_def mutex definition referenced with \ref osMutex.
* @retval mutex ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error..
*/
osMutexId osRecursiveMutexCreate (const osMutexDef_t *mutex_def);
/**
* @brief Release a Recursive Mutex
* @param mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osRecursiveMutexCreate.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osRecursiveMutexRelease (osMutexId mutex_id);
/**
* @brief Release a Recursive Mutex
* @param mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osRecursiveMutexCreate.
* @param millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osRecursiveMutexWait (osMutexId mutex_id, uint32_t millisec);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // _CMSIS_OS_H
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
{ \
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
}
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine;
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t *pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
return;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */
@@ -0,0 +1,683 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#include "event_groups.h"
/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
#if ( INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
#error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xEventGroupSetBitFromISR() function available.
#endif
#if ( INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 0 )
#error INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall must also be set to one to make the xEventGroupSetBitFromISR() function available.
#endif
/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
item value. It is important they don't clash with the
taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x0100U
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x0200U
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x0400U
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff00U
#else
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x01000000UL
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x02000000UL
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x04000000UL
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff000000UL
#endif
typedef struct xEventGroupDefinition
{
EventBits_t uxEventBits;
List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
#endif
} EventGroup_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
* The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is
* pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
* wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
* in uxCurrentEventBits.
*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
}
return ( EventGroupHandle_t ) pxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
/* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared
already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
xTicksToWait = 0;
}
else
{
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
assignment is omitted. */
uxReturn = 0;
}
else
{
/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
specified - just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case
then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
returned. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
{
/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
block. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
specified, so just return the current value. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
}
else
{
/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
unblock the task. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
being returned without being set if it is not done. */
uxReturn = 0;
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
{
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
cleared. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Clear the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL );
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
{
ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext;
ListItem_t const *pxListEnd;
List_t *pxList;
EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
/* Set the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
{
pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
{
/* All bits are set. */
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
}
if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
{
/* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
item before removing the task from the event list. The
eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
than because it timed out. */
( void ) xTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
/* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
pxListItem = pxNext;
}
/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
bit was set in the control word. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
( void ) xTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
{
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
{
( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
{
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
{
/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
set. Is one already set? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
Are they set already? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
return xWaitConditionMet;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t xReturn;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
if( xEventGroup == NULL )
{
xReturn = 0;
}
else
{
xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,799 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#define INC_FREERTOS_H
/*
* Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
*/
#include <stddef.h>
/*
* If stdint.h cannot be located then:
* + If using GCC ensure the -nostdint options is *not* being used.
* + Ensure the project's include path includes the directory in which your
* compiler stores stdint.h.
* + Set any compiler options necessary for it to support C99, as technically
* stdint.h is only mandatory with C99 (FreeRTOS does not require C99 in any
* other way).
* + The FreeRTOS download includes a simple stdint.h definition that can be
* used in cases where none is provided by the compiler. The files only
* contains the typedefs required to build FreeRTOS. Read the instructions
* in FreeRTOS/source/stdint.readme for more information.
*/
#include <stdint.h> /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Application specific configuration options. */
#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
#include "projdefs.h"
/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
#include "portable.h"
/*
* Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
* These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
* within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*/
#ifndef configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
#error Missing definition: configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE defines the size (in words) of the stack allocated to the idle task. Refer to the demo project provided for your port for a suitable value.
#endif
#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES
#error Missing definition: configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
#error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
#error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
#error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
#error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES
#error configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined to be greater than or equal to 1.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
#endif
#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0
#ifndef configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES
#error configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES must be greater than or equal to 1.
#endif
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder
#define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName
#define INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
#define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
#endif
#ifndef configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS
#define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState
#define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
#endif
#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0
#endif
#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16
#endif
#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
#endif
#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
#error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
#define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR
#define INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall
#define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall 0
#endif
#ifndef configASSERT
#define configASSERT( x )
#define configASSERT_DEFINED 0
#else
#define configASSERT_DEFINED 1
#endif
/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
#ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0
#endif
#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
#endif
#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
#endif
#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB
#define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
#endif
#ifndef portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK
#define portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pvTaskToDelete, pxYieldPending )
#endif
#ifndef portSETUP_TCB
#define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
#endif
#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U
#endif
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
#endif
#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE
#define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE uint32_t
#endif
/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
#ifndef traceSTART
/* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
into which trace is to be written. */
#define traceSTART()
#endif
#ifndef traceEND
/* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
written. */
#define traceEND()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
/* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
to the task control block of the selected task. */
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
#endif
#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT
/* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle
sleep. */
#define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x )
#endif
#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN
/* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */
#define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN()
#endif
#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END
/* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */
#define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
/* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT
/* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a
lower priority task. pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task
that holds the mutex. uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder
will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the
muted. */
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT
/* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in
the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task.
pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the
mutex. uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority )
#endif
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
task that attempted the read. */
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
/* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
task that attempted the write. */
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
#endif
/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
#define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
#define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
#define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
#define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
#define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
#define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
#define traceTASK_DELAY()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
#define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
#define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
#define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
#define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
#define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
#define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
#endif
#ifndef traceMALLOC
#define traceMALLOC( pvAddress, uiSize )
#endif
#ifndef traceFREE
#define traceFREE( pvAddress, uiSize )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( xEventGroup )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup )
#endif
#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL
#define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret)
#endif
#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR
#define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret)
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD
#define traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD(xQueue, pcQueueName)
#endif
#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
#endif
#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
#endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
#ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
#ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
#endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
#endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
#define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
#endif
#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
#define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0x00 )
#endif
#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
#define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD
#endif
#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned
#define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) )
#endif
#ifndef vPortFreeAligned
#define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree )
#endif
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime )
#endif
#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP
#define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP 2
#endif
#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2
#error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE
#define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0
#endif
#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING
#define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
#endif
#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING
#define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS
#define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS 0
#endif
#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT
#define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING
#define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1
#endif
#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS
#define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT
#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
#define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0
#endif
#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0
#endif
#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER
#define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER()
#endif
#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY
#define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY()
#endif
#ifndef portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR
#define portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0
#endif
#ifndef configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP
#define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS
#define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 0
#endif
#if( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 )
/* Either variables of tick type cannot be read atomically, or
portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC was not set - map the critical sections used when
the tick count is returned to the standard critical section macros. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
#define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ( x ) )
#else
/* The tick type can be read atomically, so critical sections used when the
tick count is returned can be defined away. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
#define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) ( void ) x
#endif
/* Definitions to allow backward compatibility with FreeRTOS versions prior to
V8 if desired. */
#ifndef configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY
#define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY 1
#endif
#if configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY == 1
#define eTaskStateGet eTaskGetState
#define portTickType TickType_t
#define xTaskHandle TaskHandle_t
#define xQueueHandle QueueHandle_t
#define xSemaphoreHandle SemaphoreHandle_t
#define xQueueSetHandle QueueSetHandle_t
#define xQueueSetMemberHandle QueueSetMemberHandle_t
#define xTimeOutType TimeOut_t
#define xMemoryRegion MemoryRegion_t
#define xTaskParameters TaskParameters_t
#define xTaskStatusType TaskStatus_t
#define xTimerHandle TimerHandle_t
#define xCoRoutineHandle CoRoutineHandle_t
#define pdTASK_HOOK_CODE TaskHookFunction_t
#define portTICK_RATE_MS portTICK_PERIOD_MS
/* Backward compatibility within the scheduler code only - these definitions
are not really required but are included for completeness. */
#define tmrTIMER_CALLBACK TimerCallbackFunction_t
#define pdTASK_CODE TaskFunction_t
#define xListItem ListItem_t
#define xList List_t
#endif /* configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Application specific definitions.
*
* These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
* application requirements.
*
* THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE
* FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE.
*
* See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Ensure stdint is only used by the compiler, and not the assembler. */
#if defined(__ICCARM__) || defined(__CC_ARM) || defined(__GNUC__)
#include <stdint.h>
extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
#endif
#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1
#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0
#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0
#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ (SystemCoreClock)
#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ((TickType_t)1000)
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES (7)
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)128)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)(15 * 1024))
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (16)
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 1
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1
#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
#define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES (2)
/* Software timer definitions. */
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#define configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY (2)
#define configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH 10
#define configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH (configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE * 2)
/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
to exclude the API function. */
#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 1
/* Cortex-M specific definitions. */
#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
/* __BVIC_PRIO_BITS will be specified when CMSIS is being used. */
#define configPRIO_BITS __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
#else
#define configPRIO_BITS 4 /* 15 priority levels */
#endif
/* The lowest interrupt priority that can be used in a call to a "set priority"
function. */
#define configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 0xf
/* The highest interrupt priority that can be used by any interrupt service
routine that makes calls to interrupt safe FreeRTOS API functions. DO NOT CALL
INTERRUPT SAFE FREERTOS API FUNCTIONS FROM ANY INTERRUPT THAT HAS A HIGHER
PRIORITY THAN THIS! (higher priorities are lower numeric values. */
#define configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 5
/* Interrupt priorities used by the kernel port layer itself. These are generic
to all Cortex-M ports, and do not rely on any particular library functions. */
#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
/* !!!! configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to zero !!!!
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html. */
#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
header file. */
#define configASSERT( x ) if( ( x ) == 0 ) { taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); for( ;; ); }
/* Definitions that map the FreeRTOS port interrupt handlers to their CMSIS
standard names. */
#define vPortSVCHandler SVC_Handler
#define xPortPendSVHandler PendSV_Handler
/* IMPORTANT: This define MUST be commented when used with STM32Cube firmware,
to prevent overwriting SysTick_Handler defined within STM32Cube HAL */
/* #define xPortSysTickHandler SysTick_Handler */
#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 )
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 )
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of
overflow checking. */
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
#endif
#include "list.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t );
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
{
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
ListItem_t xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
UBaseType_t uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
UBaseType_t uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
uint16_t uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex
);</pre>
*
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
* ready to run.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
* documentation for more information.
*
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
* the co-routine will run.
*
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
*
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
// an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
// the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
// LED to flash and how int32_t to delay. This assumes xQueue has
// already been created.
vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}
// Function that creates two co-routines.
void vOtherFunction( void )
{
uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
TaskHandle_t xHandle;
// Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
// so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
// is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
{
xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex );
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
*
* Run a co-routine.
*
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
*
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
* hook).
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
// The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
// Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
// execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
// infinite loop.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
for( ;; )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crEND();</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crEND() }
/*
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
*/
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );</pre>
*
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
*
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
// We are to delay for 200ms.
static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Delay for 200ms.
crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
// Do something here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
{ \
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
} \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
/**
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
* itself.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
* below).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
// a queue.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
static BaseType_t xResult;
// Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This assumes the queue has already been created.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult != pdPASS )
{
// The message was not posted!
}
// Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
xNumberToPost++;
// Delay for 100 ticks.
crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
}
// Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
// blocks on the queue until the number is received.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xResult;
static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue.
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// We received the LED to flash - flash it!
vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
}
}
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
* the value returned from the previous call.
*
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
* the ISR.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
// queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
// Was a character received?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// Process the character here.
}
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
// a co-routine.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
// We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
{
// Obtain the character from the UART.
cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
// Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
// the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
// to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
// In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
// blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
// many characters are posted to the queue.
xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
* posted to the queue).
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
* pvBuffer.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
* pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
// period. The character is incremented each time.
static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
// be declared static.
static char cCharToTx = 'a';
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Send the next character to the queue.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The character was successfully posted to the queue.
}
else
{
// Could not post the character to the queue.
}
// Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
// hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
// from the queue and send it.
ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
// Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
// cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
// declared static.
cCharToTx++;
if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
{
cCharToTx = 'a';
}
crDELAY( 100 );
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cCharToTx;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
{
// Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
// xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
// is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
// woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
{
SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
}
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
* writers.
*
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
* appropriate delayed list.
*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList );
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
* The function should not be used by application writers.
*
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
* the pending ready list.
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The
definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New
projects should not use them. */
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _FEDPICC
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_H8S
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef TERN_EE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
#ifdef __CORE__
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __91467D
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __96340
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,730 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
#endif
#include "timers.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
* meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey
* the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
* message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
* application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
* network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
* CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events
* are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
* bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus
* example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
* not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
* active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
* which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
* send a SYNC).
*
* The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
* conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
* variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect
* to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*
* \defgroup EventGroup
*/
/**
* event_groups.h
*
* Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to
* xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
* be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
*
* \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef void * EventGroupHandle_t;
/*
* The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
* number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
* 32 bits if set to 0.
*
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
</pre>
*
* Create a new event group. This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
* event group then NULL is returned. See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
// Attempt to create the event group.
xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
// Was the event group created successfully?
if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
{
// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
// FreeRTOS heap available.
}
else
{
// The event group was created.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
*
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
* uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
* returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to
* pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
*
* @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
* xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to
* pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
* in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block
* time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
* then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
* pdTRUE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
// the event group. Clear the bits before exiting.
uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being tested.
BIT_0 | BIT_4, // The bits within the event group to wait for.
pdTRUE, // BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
pdFALSE, // Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
xTicksToWait ); // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
}
else
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
</pre>
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
* in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
* 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
// called. Both will now be clear (not set).
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
* while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
* from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As
* a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
* routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
* For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The message was posted successfully.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
* blocked waiting for the bits.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
* xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value
* might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First,
* if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
* blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
* (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any
* unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
* the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
* event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set. It might be that a task
// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
* interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitFromISR()
* sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
* context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
* critical section.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
* will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the
* priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
* currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
* requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the
* example code below.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 // The bits being set.
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
// Was the message posted successfully?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
// switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
* used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other
* tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding.
*
* This function cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified
* by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In
* this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
* cleared before the function returns.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining
* if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait
* parameter are set.
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were
* set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Bits used by the three tasks.
#define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
#define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
#define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
#define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
// Use an event group to synchronise three tasks. It is assumed this event
// group has already been created elsewhere.
EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
{
EventBits_t uxReturn;
TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// sync point. The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
// by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait a maximum of 100ms
// for this to happen.
uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
{
// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
}
}
}
void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
* unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
/* For internal use only. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet );
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear );
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup );
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* descending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h
#endif
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
void * configLIST_VOLATILE pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in descending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( BaseType_t ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
{ \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( BaseType_t ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList );
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem );
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem );
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem );
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend
#define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive
#define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#define xQueuePeekFromISR MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc
#define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree
#define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize
#define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks
#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#endif
/* Remove the privileged function macro. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
file. */
#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#endif
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* Used by heap_5.c. */
typedef struct HeapRegion
{
uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions );
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, uint16_t usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (*TaskFunction_t)( void * );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. */
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000 ) )
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#else
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#endif
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,844 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
#define SEMAPHORE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h"
#endif
#include "queue.h"
typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 1U )
#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>vSemaphoreCreateBinary( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )</pre>
*
* This old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of the
* xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function. Note that binary semaphores created using
* the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
* first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
* created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
* the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
* The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
* as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
* queue is empty or full.
*
* This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
* between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
* obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
* another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
* semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
* that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type SemaphoreHandle_t.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) \
{ \
( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \
if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \
{ \
( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \
} \
}
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinary( void )</pre>
*
* The old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of this
* xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function. Note that binary semaphores created using
* the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
* first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
* created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
* the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
*
* Function that creates a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
* The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
* as nothing is actually stored - all that is important is whether the queue is
* empty or full (the binary semaphore is available or not).
*
* This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
* between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
* obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
* another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
* semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
* that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* @return Handle to the created semaphore.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateBinary() xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreTake(
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
* TickType_t xBlockTime
* )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
* the semaphore was created.
*
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
* available. The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block
* time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE
* if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
// A task that creates a semaphore.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
}
// A task that uses the semaphore.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the semaphore. If the semaphore is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// We have finished accessing the shared resource. Release the
// semaphore.
xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
/**
* semphr. h
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
* SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex,
* TickType_t xBlockTime
* )
*
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
* macro to be available.
*
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
* available. The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If
* the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
* return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime
* expired without the semaphore becoming available.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
// A task that creates a mutex.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
}
// A task that uses the mutex.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xMutex != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
// a more complex call structure.
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
// available to another task until it has also been given back
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
// these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
// call structure. This is just for illustrative purposes.
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
/*
* xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake().
*
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
*/
#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreGive( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
*
* This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
* an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
*
* This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred.
* Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is
* no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
* semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
{
// We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
// a semaphore without first "taking" it!
}
// Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
// immediately available.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 0 ) )
{
// We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
// ...
// We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
// semaphore.
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
{
// We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
// obtained the semaphore to get here.
}
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
* macro to be available.
*
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
// A task that creates a mutex.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
}
// A task that uses the mutex.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xMutex != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
// a more complex call structure.
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
// available to another task until it has also been given back
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
// unwound. This is just for demonstrative purposes.
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
/*
* xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive().
*
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
*/
#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
)</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
* must not be used with this macro.
*
* This macro can be used from an ISR.
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
\#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
\#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
// Repetitive task.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer. The semaphore
// was created before this task was started.
// Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
{
// It is time to execute.
// ...
// We have finished our task. Return to the top of the loop where
// we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
// again. Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
}
}
}
// Timer ISR
void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
{
static uint8_t ucLocalTickCount = 0;
static BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
// A timer tick has occurred.
// ... Do other time functions.
// Is it time for vATask () to run?
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
ucLocalTickCount++;
if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
{
// Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
// Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
ucLocalTickCount = 0;
}
if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
{
// We can force a context switch here. Context switching from an
// ISR uses port specific syntax. Check the demo task for your port
// to find the syntax required.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>
xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
)</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to take a semaphore from an ISR. The semaphore must have
* previously been created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
* must not be used with this macro.
*
* This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR
* is not a common operation. It is likely to only be useful when taking a
* counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource
* pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available).
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise
* pdFALSE
*/
#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue
* mechanism.
*
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
* and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used.
*
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
* semaphore it is no longer required.
*
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
*
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
* service routines.
*
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
* SemaphoreHandle_t.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue
* mechanism.
*
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The
* xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used.
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
* semaphore it is no longer required.
*
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
*
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
* service routines.
*
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
* SemaphoreHandle_t.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCounting( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing
* queue mechanism.
*
* Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
*
* 1) Counting events.
*
* In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
* an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
* task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
* (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore
* the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
* number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the
* initial count value to be zero.
*
* 2) Resource management.
*
* In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
* available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
* semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value
* reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the
* resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
* value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
* equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
*
* @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the
* semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
*
* @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
* created.
*
* @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be
* created.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
// The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
// initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>void vSemaphoreDelete( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );</pre>
*
* Delete a semaphore. This function must be used with care. For example,
* do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
*
* \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
/**
* semphr.h
* <pre>TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );</pre>
*
* If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
* If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
* by a task), return NULL.
*
* Note: This is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex
* holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as
* the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value
* being tested.
*/
#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t *pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which are
stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
listed below. In addition see http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
1) Stack overflow -
see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
item later. */
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
item. */
List_t * const pxList = ( List_t * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More